-
1 finite
1) (bounded) begrenzt2) (Ling.) finit* * *1) (having an end or limit: Human knowledge is finite, divine knowledge infinite.) begrenzt* * *fi·nite[ˈfaɪnaɪt]1. (limited) begrenzta \finite number of possibilities eine begrenzte Anzahl an Möglichkeiten; MATH endlich\finite number endliche Zahl\finite form Personalform f* * *['faInaɪt]adja finite number — eine begrenzte Zahl; (Math) eine endliche Zahl
coal and oil are finite resources — Kohle und Öl sind nicht erneuerbare Ressourcen
there is a finite limit to the weight a human can lift — ein Mensch kann höchstens ein bestimmtes Gewicht heben
2) (REL, PHILOS) being, world endlich3) (GRAM) verb, clause finit* * *finite [ˈfaınaıt] adj2. LING finit, bestimmt:finite verb finites Verb, Verbum n finitum* * *1) (bounded) begrenztfinite number — (Math.) endliche Zahl
2) (Ling.) finit* * *adj.endlich (Mathematik) adj.endliche (Mathematik) adj. n.Teilüberdeckung f. v.beenden v. -
2 persoonsvorm
-
3 de persoonsvorm van het werkwoord
de persoonsvorm van het werkwoordVan Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > de persoonsvorm van het werkwoord
-
4 Ш-77
ВЛЕЗАТЬ/ВЛЕЗТЬ В ШКУРУ (В КОЖУ) чью, кого coll VP subj: human often pfv imper or infin used with a finite form of another verb) to imagine, picture, put etc o.s. in another's ( usu. unenviable) position: влезь в Y-ову шкуру crawl inside Y's skin put yourself in (step into) Y's shoes.«Казалось бы, чего легче понять ближнего! Надо только хоть на мгновение влезть в его шкуру, поставить себя на его место, и ты всегда будешь поступать правильно» (Максимов 2). "You'd think there was nothing easier than to understand your fellow-man. You only have to crawl inside his skin for a moment, to put yourself in his place-and you'll always act decently" (2a).«Вот попал (в тюрьму), чёрт шелудивый, а я с тремя (детьми) живи, - и все колготят: хлеба! И иде ( ungrammat = где) я его возьму, хлеба-то? Жилы они из меня все вытянули»... Женщина в берете сказала вполголоса: «Зачем вы? Не надо»... - «Вам оно, конечно, что!.. А вы в мою шкуру влезьте, не таким голосом запоёте» (Максимов 3). "Got caught, the miserable devil, and left me with three (children) on my hands, and all they can yell about is food. Where'm I supposed to get it from? They've tortured the life out of me..The woman in the beret spoke in a low voice. "Why do you talk like that? You mustn't...." "Oh, it doesn't mean much to you, of course.... You put yourself in my shoes and you'd sing a different tune" (3a). -
5 влезать в кожу
[VP; subj: human; often pfv Imper or infin used with a finite form of another verb]=====⇒ to imagine, picture, put etc o.s. in another's (usu. unenviable) position:- put yourself in (step into) Y's shoes.♦ "Казалось бы, чего легче понять ближнего! Надо только хоть на мгновение влезть в его шкуру, поставить себя на его место, и ты всегда будешь поступать правильно" (Максимов 2). "You'd think there was nothing easier than to understand your fellow-man. You only have to crawl inside his skin for a moment, to put yourself in his place-and you'll always act decently" (2a).♦ "Вот попал [в тюрьму], чёрт шелудивый, а я с тремя [детьми] живи, - и все колготят: хлеба! И иде [ungrammat = где] я его возьму, хлеба-то? Жилы они из меня все вытянули"... Женщина в берете сказала вполголоса: "Зачем вы? Не надо"... - "Вам оно, конечно, что!.. А вы в мою шкуру влезьте, не таким голосом запоёте" (Максимов 3). "Got caught, the miserable devil, and left me with three [children] on my hands, and all they can yell about is food. Where'm I supposed to get it from? They've tortured the life out of me...."...The woman in the beret spoke in a low voice. "Why do you talk like that? You mustn't...." "Oh, it doesn't mean much to you, of course.... You put yourself in my shoes and you'd sing a different tune" (3a).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > влезать в кожу
-
6 влезать в шкуру
[VP; subj: human; often pfv Imper or infin used with a finite form of another verb]=====⇒ to imagine, picture, put etc o.s. in another's (usu. unenviable) position:- put yourself in (step into) Y's shoes.♦ "Казалось бы, чего легче понять ближнего! Надо только хоть на мгновение влезть в его шкуру, поставить себя на его место, и ты всегда будешь поступать правильно" (Максимов 2). "You'd think there was nothing easier than to understand your fellow-man. You only have to crawl inside his skin for a moment, to put yourself in his place-and you'll always act decently" (2a).♦ "Вот попал [в тюрьму], чёрт шелудивый, а я с тремя [детьми] живи, - и все колготят: хлеба! И иде [ungrammat = где] я его возьму, хлеба-то? Жилы они из меня все вытянули"... Женщина в берете сказала вполголоса: "Зачем вы? Не надо"... - "Вам оно, конечно, что!.. А вы в мою шкуру влезьте, не таким голосом запоёте" (Максимов 3). "Got caught, the miserable devil, and left me with three [children] on my hands, and all they can yell about is food. Where'm I supposed to get it from? They've tortured the life out of me...."...The woman in the beret spoke in a low voice. "Why do you talk like that? You mustn't...." "Oh, it doesn't mean much to you, of course.... You put yourself in my shoes and you'd sing a different tune" (3a).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > влезать в шкуру
-
7 влезть в кожу
[VP; subj: human; often pfv Imper or infin used with a finite form of another verb]=====⇒ to imagine, picture, put etc o.s. in another's (usu. unenviable) position:- put yourself in (step into) Y's shoes.♦ "Казалось бы, чего легче понять ближнего! Надо только хоть на мгновение влезть в его шкуру, поставить себя на его место, и ты всегда будешь поступать правильно" (Максимов 2). "You'd think there was nothing easier than to understand your fellow-man. You only have to crawl inside his skin for a moment, to put yourself in his place-and you'll always act decently" (2a).♦ "Вот попал [в тюрьму], чёрт шелудивый, а я с тремя [детьми] живи, - и все колготят: хлеба! И иде [ungrammat = где] я его возьму, хлеба-то? Жилы они из меня все вытянули"... Женщина в берете сказала вполголоса: "Зачем вы? Не надо"... - "Вам оно, конечно, что!.. А вы в мою шкуру влезьте, не таким голосом запоёте" (Максимов 3). "Got caught, the miserable devil, and left me with three [children] on my hands, and all they can yell about is food. Where'm I supposed to get it from? They've tortured the life out of me...."...The woman in the beret spoke in a low voice. "Why do you talk like that? You mustn't...." "Oh, it doesn't mean much to you, of course.... You put yourself in my shoes and you'd sing a different tune" (3a).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > влезть в кожу
-
8 влезть в шкуру
[VP; subj: human; often pfv Imper or infin used with a finite form of another verb]=====⇒ to imagine, picture, put etc o.s. in another's (usu. unenviable) position:- put yourself in (step into) Y's shoes.♦ "Казалось бы, чего легче понять ближнего! Надо только хоть на мгновение влезть в его шкуру, поставить себя на его место, и ты всегда будешь поступать правильно" (Максимов 2). "You'd think there was nothing easier than to understand your fellow-man. You only have to crawl inside his skin for a moment, to put yourself in his place-and you'll always act decently" (2a).♦ "Вот попал [в тюрьму], чёрт шелудивый, а я с тремя [детьми] живи, - и все колготят: хлеба! И иде [ungrammat = где] я его возьму, хлеба-то? Жилы они из меня все вытянули"... Женщина в берете сказала вполголоса: "Зачем вы? Не надо"... - "Вам оно, конечно, что!.. А вы в мою шкуру влезьте, не таким голосом запоёте" (Максимов 3). "Got caught, the miserable devil, and left me with three [children] on my hands, and all they can yell about is food. Where'm I supposed to get it from? They've tortured the life out of me...."...The woman in the beret spoke in a low voice. "Why do you talk like that? You mustn't...." "Oh, it doesn't mean much to you, of course.... You put yourself in my shoes and you'd sing a different tune" (3a).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > влезть в шкуру
-
9 οὐ
οὐ, the negative ofA fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.A USAGE.I as the negative of single words,II as the negative of the sentence.I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g.εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained,εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
;εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
;ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή)φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles:οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives:οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.;οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs:οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.II as negativing the whole sentence,1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. withoutμά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.2 with ind. of statement,τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495;οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ;οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
;οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., ; , cf. 11.387.4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., , 20.286.5 with opt. andἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing,ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. andἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; , cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq.,ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning,χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
;ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
;διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
;μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.;νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
;ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; , etc.: in causal relative sentences,οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as , cf. Hec. 298;οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. withἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411;οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
;οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic.,εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion,μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
;κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so alsoδεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
;Id.
15.23, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged,εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
;E.
Ion 347.8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta,φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.;λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18;οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses,οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.;αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, ; . 3; , etc.; or into a causal sentence,τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
;τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, , cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., , etc.;ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; , cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found,ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
;τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
;οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
;τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; , cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43;τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v.μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used,τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
;τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; (whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137;ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
;ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article,ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
;A.
Pr. 956: so as a strong form of imper., ;E.
Ion 524; ;Din.
1.18; ;Ar.
Ach. 484; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives,οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; ;οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free,κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79;χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause,καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
;ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end,βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
;οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
;ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; soτὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. withὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.;Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause afterμέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b;κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., ;ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; : the first neg. may be a compd.,καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; (similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ; οὐ follows the compd. neg.,οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν )ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis,οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
;οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; : so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587;θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; (but prob. f.l.);οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force,ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
;ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g.οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, , cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.;οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; ;ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49;ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d;ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence,ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, ;σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
;ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as inἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., , etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, .—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess.,οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf.οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse,ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
;ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B), ;A.
Ag. 273,Fr. 310; ;Id.
Supp. 918, Ar. Pax 1027;ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared. -
10 εἰμί
εἰμί (A sum), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἔμμι Sapph.2.15, Theoc.20.32; Cret. [full] ἠμί GDI 4959a; [ per.] 2sg. εἶ, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.εἰς Od.17.388
, al., [dialect] Aeol. ἔσσι, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Dor.ἐσσί Il.1.176
, Pi.O.6.90, Sophr.134; ; [ per.] 3sg. ἐστί, [dialect] Dor.ἐντί IG12(1).677
([place name] Rhodes), Theoc.1.17, etc.; [ per.] 3 dualἐστόν Th.3.112
; [ per.] 1pl. ἐσμέν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰμέν (also in Pi.P.3.60), , [dialect] Dor.εἰμές Theoc.15.73
, but ; [ per.] 3pl. εἰσί ([etym.] - ίν), [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἔασι ([etym.] - ιν) Il.7.73, Xenoph.8.1, Antim.29, Herod.4.84, [dialect] Dor.ἐντί Pi.N.1.24
, Theoc.11.45, IG9(1).32.22 ([place name] Phocis), etc.: imper. ἴσθι (ἔσθι Hecat.361
J.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also in [voice] Med. formἔσσο Od.3.200
, Sapph.1.28, Maced.Pae.31, late Proseἔσο Plu.2.241d
, M.Ant.3.5, Hld.5.12, Porph.Marc.34; [ per.] 3sg. ἔστω (, and late Inscrr., CIG2664, al.; but in Pl.R. 361c leg. ἴτω), [dialect] Dor. εἴτω, ἤτω, Heraclid. ap. Eust.1411.21, Elean ; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστωσαν, butἔστων Hom.
, Pl.R. 502a, , and early [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.22, etc. ( ἔστωσαν first in ii B. C., ib.22.1328), [dialect] Dor. ἐόντων ib.1126: subj. ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, [dialect] Ep.ἔω Od.9.18
; [ per.] 3sg.ἔῃ Il.12.300
,al. (alsoἔῃσι 2.366
, al., ᾖσι ([etym.] ν) 19.202, Hes.Op. 294), also [dialect] Boeot.ἔνθω IG7.3172.165
,μετείω Il.23.47
and perh.εἴῃ 9.245
, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ([place name] Crete), ([place name] Hierapytna), [dialect] Boeot.ἴωνθι IG7.3171.46
(iii B. C.): opt. εἴην, -ης (εἴησθα Thgn.715
), -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, Il.9.284, 142, al., cf. Hdt.7.6; [ per.] 3pl.εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. 1911.133
([place name] Gonni); [ per.] 3 dual , Sph. 243e; [ per.] 1pl. (lyr.), Pl.; [ per.] 2pl.εἶτε Od. 21.195
; [ per.] 3pl.εἶεν Il.2.372
, etc.,εἴησαν Hdt.1.2
, etc.; Elean ἔα, = εἴη, SIG9 (vi B. C.), and σύν-εαν, = συνεῖεν, GDI 1149 (vi B. C.): inf. εἶναι, Arc. (Tegea, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ep. ἔμμεναι (also [dialect] Aeol.ἔμμεν' Sapph.34
), ἔμμεν (also Pi.P.6.42, S.Ant. 623 (lyr.)), ἔμεναι, ἔμεν, also ([place name] Dodona); [dialect] Dor. εἶμεν Foed. ap. Th.5.77,79, IG7.1.7 ([place name] Megara),ἦμεν Test.Epict.5.16
, Tab.Heracl.1.75, Cret. ἦμεν orἤμην Leg.Gort.1.15
, al., GDI4998i 2, al., Megar. ,εἴμειν IG12(1).155.100
([place name] Rhodes), 14.952 ([place name] Agrigentum); εἶν ib. 12(9).211.10 ([place name] Eretria), SIG135.4 ([place name] Olynthus), etc.: part. ὤν, [dialect] Ep. ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Cypr.ἰών Inscr.Cypr.135.23
H.; [dialect] Boeot. fem.ἰῶσα IG 7.3172.116
(Orchom.), [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. fem.ἔσσα Sapph.75.4
, IG4.952.2 (Epid.), Theoc.28.16,ἐοῖσα Pi.P.4.265
,ἔασσα Lyr.Alex.Adesp. 9
, Diotog. ap. Stob.4.7.62,εὖσα Erinn.5.5
(also [dialect] Ion., Herod.5.16,εὔντων 2.85
),ἐᾶσα Ti.Locr.96d
, IG5(1).1470.8 ([place name] Messene),ἴαττα Leg.Gort.8.47
; acc. sg.εὖντα Theoc.2.3
; nom. sg. εἴς in Heraclid. ap. Eust.1756.13, pl.ἔντες Tab.Heracl.1.117
; dat. pl. ἔντασσι ib.104; gen. pl.παρ-έντων Alcm. 64
: [tense] impf.ἦν Il.2.77
, etc., [dialect] Ep. ἔον (also [dialect] Aeol., Alc.127, Sapph.Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 21), in [dialect] Att. ἦ (dub. in [dialect] Aeol., Alc. Supp.14.9), Ar.Pl.77, Pl.Phd. 61b, etc., but usu. altered to ἦν in codd. (and ἦν is required by metre in E. Ion 280), [var] contr. from [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἦα (Il.5.808, al., IG12(8).449.2 ([place name] Thasos), whence Hom.and later [dialect] Ion.ἔᾱ Il.4.321
, al.,ἔας Hdt.1.187
,ἔατε Id.4.119
); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. ἦεν, always with ν in Hom.; ἔην as [ per.] 1sg., only Il.11.762 (s. v.l., al. ἔον), freq. as [ per.] 3sg. (generally before a consonant, so that ἔεν is possible), sts. also ἤην; [ per.] 2sg. ἦσθα, later ἦς (wh. is v.l. in Pi.I.1.26), sts. in LXX (Jd. 11.35, Ru.3.2,al.), cf. Pl.Ax. 365e, Erinn.4.4, Ev.Matt.25.21, al., , [dialect] Ep. ἔησθα; [ per.] 3sg. ἦν, [dialect] Ep. ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (v. supr.), [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.ἦς Alc.Supp.30.1
, Epich.102, Sophr.59, Theoc.2.90, SIG241.145 (Delph.); [ per.] 3 dualἤστην Il.5.10
, E.Hipp. 387, Ar.Eq. 982, Pl.Euthd. 272a, al.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1pl.ἦμες Plu.Lyc.21
; [ per.] 2pl. , , Ec. 1086; [ per.] 3pl. ἦσαν, [dialect] Ion. and Poet. ἔσαν (in Hes.Th. 321, 825, ἦν is not pl. for ἦσαν, but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, v. infr. v, but is [ per.] 3pl. in Epich.46, al., SIG560.15 (Epidamnus, iii B. C.)); [dialect] Aeol. ; later (iii B. C.), SIG527.46 (Crete, iii B. C.), IGRom.4.1740 ([place name] Cyme), always in LXX as Ba.1.19, cf. Ev.Matt.23.30, Plu.2.174a, etc., and sts. in codd. of earlier writers, Lys.7.34, Trag.Adesp. 124 (cited from E. Hel. 931 by Choerob. and from Id.Tr. 474 by Aps.), X.Cyr.6.1.9, Hyp.Ath.26, [ per.] 2sg.ἦσο Epigr.Gr.379
([place name] Aezani), [ per.] 3sg.ἦστο Supp.Epigr. 1.455.7
([place name] Phrygia), [ per.] 1pl.ἤμεθα PPetr.2p.11
(iii B. C.), LXX Ba.1.19, 1 Ki.25.16, Ep.Eph.2.3; subj. (ii B. C.), ἦται GDI 1696, ἦνται prob. in IG5(1).1390.83 ([place name] Andania); [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. also ἔσκον, used by A.Pers. 656 (lyr.): [tense] fut. ἔσομαι, ἔσται, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Aeol. also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσεται; [dialect] Aeol. [ per.] 2sg. ἔσσῃ prob. in Alc.67,87; [dialect] Dor. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἐσσῇ, ἐσσεῖται, Il.2.393, 13.317, Theoc.10.5, [ per.] 3pl. ἐσσοῦνται Foed. ap. Th.5.77 codd. (butἔσσονται Tab.Heracl.1.113
), inf.ἐσσεῖσθαι Sophr.57
.—All forms of the [tense] pres.ind. are enclitic (exc. [ per.] 2sg. εἶ and [ per.] 3pl. ἔασι); but [ per.] 3sg. is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ', Hdn.Gr.1.553 (also μή acc. to EM301.3); later Gramm. wrote ἔστι as Subst. Verb, Phot., Eust.880.22.A as the Subst. Verb,I of persons, exist,οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ' ἔσσεται Od.16.437
; ἔτ' εἰσί they are still in being, 15.433, cf. S.Ph. 445, etc.;τεθνηῶτος.. μηδ' ἔτ' ἐόντος Od.1.289
; οὐκέτ' ἐστί he is no more, E.Hipp. 1162; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long- lived, Il.6.131; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, Th.2.45,44; οἱ ὄντες the living, Plb.9.29.2; ὁ ὤν the Eternal, LXX Ex.3.14, al., Ph.1.289;θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες Il.1.290
; ἐσσόμενοι posterity, 2.119;κἀγὼ γὰρ ἦ ποτ', ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκ εἴμ' ἔτι E.Hec. 284
; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, Pl.Smp. 190c;ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων D.18.72
, cf. Arist.GC 318b25; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Hdt.3.17, etc.; of cities,ὄλωλεν, οὐδ' ἔτ' ἐστὶ Τροία E.Tr. 1292
, cf. Heracl. 491; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, Plu.Cat.Ma.27; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, D.8.17; of money, to be in hand,τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων IG12.91.25
; τὰ ὄντα property, Pl.Grg. 511a, Plu.Ant.24, etc.; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ .. future revenue from.., BCH46.420 (Olymos, i B. C.); of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, Act.Ap.13.1; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, BGU146.4, etc.; in office,ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων PPar.5.4
(ii B. C.); αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.13.1.II of the real world, be, opp. become,γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι Pl.Tht. 152d
, etc.; τὸ ὄν Being, Parm.8.35, Protag.2, Pl.Ti. 27d, etc.; opp. τὸ μὴ ὄν, Gorg.Fr.3 D., etc.;οὐδὲν γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος Epicur.Ep. 1p.5U.
;ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεός LXX 2 Ma.7.28
; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, Heraclit.7, Emp.129.5, etc.; ὄνindecl., τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, Plot.6.2.10.2 of circumstances, events, etc., to happen,τά τ' ἐόντα, τά τ' ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70
;ἡ ἐσβολὴ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι Th.2.13
, etc.; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, Id.4.103; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, Id.1.58;αἱ σπονδαὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ἔσονται Id.4.118
; τί ἐστιν; what is it? what's the matter? Ar.Th. 193; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτο; how came it to pass? Pl.Phd. 58a: repeated with a relat. to avoid a positive assertion, ἔστι δ' ὅπῃ νῦν ἔ. things are as they are, i.e. are ill, A.Ag.67.III be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, Th.1.10; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, Pl.Smp. 211c, cf. Phd. 74b; freq. in part., τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, Hdt.1.95, 116; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth, ib. 30;τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν Th.7.8
; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, S.El. 584, Ar.Ra. 1052; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, Pl.Prt. 328d, etc.; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to Il.6.484), X.HG7.2.9, cf. Pl. La. 196d; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, Hdt.1.97; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, Id.9.11;τοῦ ἐόντος ἀποτεύξεται Hp.VM 2
.IV folld. by the relat., οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one,οὐκ ἔσθ' ὃς.. ἀπαλάλκοι Il.22.348
;οὐκ ἔ. οὐδεὶς ὅς E.El. 903
; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, = οὐδενί, A.Pr. 293 (anap.), cf. 989: freq. in pl., εἰσὶν οἵ, = Lat. sunt qui, used exactly like ἔνιοι, Th.6.88, 7.44, Pl.Men. 77d, Grg. 503a, etc. ( εἰσί τινες οἵ .. Th.3.24); ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, Id.1.12,65;ἐστὶν ἃ εἰπεῖν Id.2.67
;ἦσαν οἵ X.An.5.2.14
; the sg. Verb is used even with masc. and fem. pl., ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, Hp.Fract.1, VC4, X.Cyr.2.3.16; more freq. in oblique cases,ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν Hdt.7.187
;ἐστὶν ἀφ' ὧν Th.8.65
; ἐστὶ παρ' οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, Id.1.23, 5.25: in questions ὅστις is used, ἔστιν ἥντινα δόξαν.. ἀπεκρίνατο; Pl.Men. 85b: with relat. Particles, ἐστὶν ἔνθα, = Lat. est ubi, X.Cyr.7.4.15, etc.; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ' ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, Pl.Prt. 331d, A.Eu. 517, S.OT 448, etc.; in questions expecting a neg. answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπως; Pl.Phlb. 35a, R. 493e, etc.;οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως Pi.Fr.61
, cf. Hdt.7.102, A.Ag. 620; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, Ar. Pax 188;οὐκ ἔ. ὡς Pl. Men. 76e
, etc.; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ' ὅτε, sometimes, Pi.Fr.180.2, S.Aj.56, Th. 7.21, etc.V ἦν is sts. used with pl. masc. and fem., usu. at the beginning of a sentence, there was,τῆς δ' ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί Hes.Th. 321
; (but inἦν δ' ἐρῳδιοί τε πολλοί Epich.46
, cf. 59, al., it may be taken as [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.); (lyr.); ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι Epigr. ap. Aeschin.3.184; less freq.ἔστι, ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ.. ἑπτὰ στάδιοι Hdt.1.26
, cf. 7.34;ἔστι.. ἄρχοντές τε καὶ δῆμος Pl.R. 463a
; before dual Nouns, Ar.V.58, Pl.Grg. 500d.VI ἔστι impers., c. inf., it is possible,ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι Il.20.246
;ἔστι μὲν εὕδειν, ἔστι δὲ τερπομένοισιν ἀκούειν Od. 15.392
; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (sc. πιθέσθαι) 4.193;τοιάδε.. ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι A. Pr. 1055
(anap.);ἔστι τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν X.An.3.2.13
, cf. Ar.Ra. 1163, Aeschin.3.105, D.18.272, Arist.Ath.53.6, etc.; so in imper., opt., and subj.,ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ IG12.10.7
;μυρία ἂν εἴη λέγειν Pl.Plt. 271e
;ὅπως ἂν ᾖ δρᾶν IG2.1054.91
: more freq. in neg. clauses, Il.6.267, etc.; folld. by ὥστε c. inf., S.Ph. 656: c. acc. et inf.,ἁδόντα δ' εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν Pi.P.2.96
;ἔστιν ἐκπεσεῖν ἀρχῆς Δία A.Pr. 757
: sts. not impers. in this sense,θάλασσα δ' οὐκέτ' ἦν ἰδεῖν Id.Pers. 419
.b ἔστω in argument, let it be granted,ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι D.H.Comp.25
;ἔστω σοι τοῦθ' οὕτως Plu.2.987b
; Chr.74.24.B most freq., to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import,τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν Pl.Cra. 398d
; esp. in the phrase τοῦτ' ἔστι, hoc est;Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν Plu.Publ.17
: with numerals, τὰ δὶς πέντε δέκα ἐστίν twice five are ten, X.Mem.4.4.7; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, v. τις; οὐδὲν εἶναι Pl.R. 562d, etc.2 periphr. with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with [tense] pf. part. once in Hom., τετληότες εἰμέν, for τετλήκαμεν, Il.5.873; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, A. Ag. 869; ἔσται δεδορκώς ib. 1179;εἰμὶ γεγώς S.Aj. 1299
;πεφυκός ἐστι Ar.Av. 1473
;δεδρακότες εἰσίν Th.3.68
;κατακεκονότες ἔσεσθε X.An.7.6.36
: with [tense] aor. part., once in Hom.,βλήμενος ἦν Il.4.211
; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσει; S.OT90, 1146, cf. A.Supp. 460: with [tense] pres. part.,ἦν προκείμενον Id.Pers. 371
;φεύγων Ὀρέστης ἐστίν Id.Ch. 136
;εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν S.Aj. 1330
; τί δ' ἐστί.. φέρον; Id.OT 991, cf. 274, 708;λέγων ἐστίν τις E.Hec. 1179
;ἦν τίς σ' ὑβρίζων Id.HF 313
;πόρρω ἤδη εἶ πορευόμενος Pl.Ly. 204b
;βαδίζων εἰμί Ar.Ra. 36
; freq. in Hdt.,ἦσαν ἱέντες 1.57
, al.; evenεἰσὶ διάφοροι ἐόντες 3.49
(s.v.l.):— if the Art. is joined with the Part., the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, Id.1.171;αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798
;δόλος ἦν ὁ φράσας S.El. 197
(anap.).C εἶναι is freq. modified in sense by the addition of Advbs., or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps.:I εἶναι with Advbs., where the Adv. often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate,ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι Il.14.122
, etc.; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent, 4.22, Od.2.82;σῖγα πᾶς ἔστω λεώς E.Hec. 532
;διαγνῶναι χαλεπῶς ἦν ἄνδρα ἕκαστον Il.7.424
; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, Hdt.4.134; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, Th.6.88, Pl.Prt. 356e: freq. impers. with words implying good or ill fortune, Κουρήτεσσι κακῶς ἦν it fared ill with them, Il.9.551;εὖ γὰρ ἔσται E.Med.89
, cf. Ar.Pl. 1188, etc.;ἡδέως ἂν αὐτοῖς εἴη D.59.30
.II c. gen., to express descent or extraction,πατρὸς δ' εἴμ' ἀγαθοῖο Il.21.109
;αἵματός εἰς ἀγαθοῖο Od. 4.611
, cf. Hdt.3.71, Th.2.71, etc.;πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ X.An.7.3.19
.b to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of.., Hdt.1.93; τῆς πόλιος ἐούσης δύο φαρσέων ib. 186; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of.., Id.5.92.ή, etc.c to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, Ar.Pl. 345;ἐτύγχανε βουλῆς ὤν Th.3.70
; ;Κριτίας τῶν τριάκοντα ὤν X.Mem.1.2.31
; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, D.2.2.d to express that a thing belongs to another,Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν A.Ag. 269
;τὸ πεδίον ἦν μέν κοτε Χορασμίων Hdt.3.117
, etc.: hence, to be of the party of,ἦσαν.. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου D.9.56
, cf. 37.53; to be de pendent upon, S.Ant. 737, etc.; to be at the mercy of,ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ Id.OT 917
.e to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like , οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, A.Ag. 940;τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16
; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, Th.1.142, cf.83.f in LXX, to be occupied about,ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν 2 Ch.30.17
; ἔσεσθαι, c. gen., to be about to,ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε 2 Ki.10.11
.2 with two dats., σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, Hdt.5.84;μηδὲν εἶναι σοὶ καὶ φιλίππῳ πρᾶγμα D.18.283
; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστι; Hdt.5.33; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάνῳ; D.29.36; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί; Lat. quid tecum est mihi? Ev.Marc.5.7, etc.; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (sc. ἐστίν) Isoc.4.12; ; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, JHS18.113, etc.3 with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc., added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, Il.14.108;οὐκ ἂν σφίσι βουλομένοις εἶναι Th.7.35
;προσδεχομένῳ Id.6.46
; (lyr.); .IV with Preps., εἶναι ἀπό τινος, = εἶναί τινος (supr. 11.a), X.Mem.1.6.9;εἰσὶν ἀπ' ἐναντίων αὗται πραγμάτων Pl.Phlb. 12d
; but εἶναι ἀπ' οἴκου to be away from.., Th.1.99.2 εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ' ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, Il.21.154, 24.397, etc.; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, Pl.Sph. 256d.3 εἶναι ἐν .. to be in a certain state,ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι Hdt.1.22
; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc., Th.6.46, etc.;ἐν ταραχαῖς D.18.218
; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, Th.1.130; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, Hdt.3.18, etc.; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in.., S.OT 562, Pl.Phd. 59a.b ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, Hdt.6.109, S.Ph. 963;ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; so also , X.Cyr.1.6.2, etc.4 εἶναι διά .., much like εἶναι ἐν .., εἶναι διὰ φόβου, = φοβεῖσθαι, Th.6.34; εἶναι δι' ὄχλου, = ὀχληρὸν εἶναι, Id.1.73;εἶναι διὰ μόχθων X.Cyr.1.6.25
; εἶναι δι' αἰτίας, = αἰτιᾶσθαι, D.H.1.70; Geom., pass through,διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου Archim.Con.Sph.20
.5 εἶναι ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, D.25.23; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, Id.39.21; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in.., Id.2.12; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, Id.6.33; εἶναι ἐφ' ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, X.An.4.6.11; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, Apollon. Perg.Con.4.1; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, v. supr. 3 b.6 εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, Th.4.10,29, etc.; to suit, X.An. 1.2.11, etc.; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, Pl.Phd. 84c, Philostr.VA5.31; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, Arist.Pol. 1309a6, Ath.16.3;εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κωλύειν Plb.1.26.3
; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν Telesp.46 H.;εἶναι περί τι X.An.3.5.7
, etc.7 εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, Id.Cyr.6.2.15, Hdt.8.140.ά (s.v.l.).8 εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to.., X.HG5.2.17 (s.v.l.), 6.2.4.9 περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, Men.Epit.30.10 εἶναι ἀπό .., in Geom., to be constructed upon, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.9, Con.Sph.7.D ἐστί is very freq. omitted, mostly in the [tense] pres. ind. before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc., and after the neut. of Verbals in - τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less freq. with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, S.OT92, Aj. 813; εἶ, Od.4.206; ἐσμέν, S.Ant. 634; ἐστέ, Od.10.463; εἰσί, S.OT 499 (lyr.), IG2.778 B; subj. ᾖ, Il.14.376, E.Hipp. 659, Antipho 5.32; opt. εἴη, IG22.1183.12; [tense] impf. ἦν, ib.2.778 B; [tense] fut. ἔσονται, Od.14.394.E the Inf. freq. seems redundant,1 in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (v. ἑκών)κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι Is.2.32
;εἰς δύναμιν εἶναι Pl.Plt. 300c
; τὸ ἐπ' ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, Th.8.48, X.HG3.5.9, cf. Lys.13.58;τὸ ἐπὶ σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
;τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι X.An.1.6.9
;κατὰ τοῦτο εἶναι Pl.Prt. 317a
; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, Id.Cra. 396e, La. 201c, Theopomp. Com.98, Decr. ap. Arist.Ath.31.2, etc.2 after Verbs of naming or choosing, ;σύμμαχόν μιν εἵλοντο εἶναι Hdt.8.134
; of giving,δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι Il. 11.20
.F [tense] impf. ἦνissts. used where other languages take the [tense] pres.,1 after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου.. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is.., Hdt.4.64;Κύπρις οὐκ ἄρ' ἦν θεός E. Hipp. 359
; ὡς ἄρ' ἦσθ' ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς ib. 1169;ἦ πολύμοχθον ἄρ' ἦν γένος.. ἁμερίων Id.IA 1330
;ἦ στωμύλος ἦσθα Theoc.5.79
; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦν; what is this? Ar.Ach. 157, cf. Pl.Cra. 387c: so in the Aristotelian formula τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι (APo.82b38, al.), used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dat. in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, APr.67b12, de An.429b10.G ἐγώ εἰμι, in LXX, pleonastic forἐγώ, ἐγώ εἰμι οὐχ ἥμαρτον Jd. 11.27
, cf. 6.18; alsoἔσται πᾶς ἀποκτενεῖ με Ge.4.14
. -
11 εἰμί
εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.ⓒ in explanations:α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, beⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
12 censeo
1.cēnseo (on the long e, v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, p. 257 sq.), ui, censum (late Lat. censitum, Cod. Just. 11, 47 tit.; 11, 49 tit.; 11, 47, 4 al.; but not in Monum. Ancyr.; cf. Neue, Formenl. 2, 557), 2, v. a. [etym. dub.; often referred to root cas-, whence carmen, camoenus; but prob. from centum, orig. centere, to hundred or number the people; cf. Fischer, Gram. 1, p. 373].I. A.In reference to the census (v. census).1.Of the censor (v. censor).(α).Rarely act. with acc. of the persons or objects assessed or rated; but usu. pass., with subj. -nom.:(β).censores populi aevitates, suboles, familias, pecuniasque censento,
Cic. Leg. 3, 3, 7:census quom sum, juratori recte rationem dedi,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 30:censor ad quojus censionem, id est arbitrium, populus censeretur,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 81 Mull.:census... indicat eum qui sit census se jam tum gessisse pro cive,
Cic. Arch. 5, 11: absentis censere jubere, P. Scipio ap. Gell. 5, 19, 16: ne absens censeare. Cic. Att. 1, 18, 8:sub lustrum censeri,
id. ib.:milia octoginta eo lustro civium censa dicuntur,
Liv. 1, 44, 2:censa civium capita centum septendecim milia trecenta undeviginti,
id. 3, 24, 10; id. Epit. lib. 11; 13; 14:censebantur ejus aetatis lustris ducena quinquagena milia capitum,
id. 9, 19, 2:cum capitum liberorum censa essent CLII. milia,
Plin. 33, 1, 5, § 16: quid se vivere, quid in parte civium censeri, si... id obtinere universi non possint? Liv 7, 18, 5.—With the amount at which the property was rated, in the acc.: or abl.:(γ).praesertim census equestrem Summam nummorum,
being assessed with the estate necessary to a Roman knight, Hor. A. P. 383:primae classis homines quicentum et viginti quinque milia aeris ampliusve censi erant... Ceterarumque omnium classium qui minore summa aeris censebantur,
Gell. 7 (6), 13, 1 sq.—Hence, capite censi, those who were assessed ac cording to their ability to labor: qui nullo [p. 312] aut perquam parvo aere censebantur capite censi vocabantur. Extremus autem census capite censorum aeris fuit trecentis septuaginta quinque, Jul. Paul. ap. Gell. 16, 10, 10; Sall. J. 86, 2; Gell. 16, 10, 11; 16, 10, 14; Val. Max. 2, 3, 1; 7, 6, 1;and in the finite verb: omnia illius (i. e. sapientis) esse dicimus, cum... capite censebitur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 8, 1. —Absol. in gerund.: censendi, censendo, ad censendum = census agendi, censui agendo, etc.: haec frequentia quae convenit ludorum censendique causa (i.e. census agendi causa, for the sake of the census), Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54:(δ).mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem operosam... suo proprio magistratu egere... cui arbitrium formulae censendi subiceretur,
the scheme for taking the census, Liv. 4, 8, 4:quia is censendo finis factus est,
id. 1, 44, 2:civis Romanos ad censendum ex provinciis in Italiam revocarunt,
Vell. 2, 15:aetatem in censendo significare necesse est... aetas autem spectatur censendi tempore,
Dig. 50, 15, 3.—Censum censere = censum agere, only in the gerundial dat.:2.illud quaero, sintne illa praedia censui censendo, habeant jus civile,
are they subject to the census, Cic. Fl. 32, 80: censores... edixerunt, legem censui censendo dicturos esse ut, etc., that he would add a rule for the taking of the census, according to which, etc., Liv. 43, 14, 5: censui censendo agri proprie appellantur qui et emi et venire jure civili possunt, Paul. ex Fest. p. 58, 5 Mull.—Of the assessment of the provinces under provincial officers (censores, and, under the later emperors, censitores).(α).Pass., with the territory as subject-nom.: quinto quoque anno Sicilia tota censetur;(β).erat censa praetore Paeducaeo... quintus annus cum in te praetorem incidisset, censa denuo est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56, § 139:omne territorium censeatur quoties, etc.,
Cod. Just. 11, 58 (57), 4.—The persons assessed as subject:(γ).ubi (coloni) censiti atque educati natique sunt,
Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 6:quos in locis eisdem censitos esse constabit,
ib. 11, 48 (47), 4.—With part. as attribute:rusticos censitosque servos vendi,
Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7.—To determine by the census:(δ).cum antea per singulos viros, per binas vero mulieres capitis norma sit censa,
Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 10:nisi forte privilegio aliquo materna origo censeatur,
Dig. 50, 1, 1, § 2.—Act. with acc.:3. (α).vos terras vestras levari censitione vultis, ego vero etiam aerem vestrum censere vellem,
Spart. Pescen. Nig. 7.—Act. with acc.:(β).in qua tribu ista praedia censuisti?
Cic. Fl. 32, 80.—Censeri, as dep. with acc.:4.census es praeterea numeratae pecuniae CXXX. Census es mancipia Amyntae... Cum te audisset servos suos esse censum, constabat inter omnes, si aliena censendo Decianus sua facere posset, etc.,
Cic. Fl. 32, 80; cf. Ov. P. 1, 2, 140; v. B. 2. c.—Hence, subst.: cēnsum, i, n.: quorum luxuries fortunata censa peperit, i.e. high estimates of property in the census, Cic. ap. Non. 202, 23 (Fragm. vol. xi. p. 134 B. and K.).B. 1.By a figure directly referring to the Roman census: aequo mendicus atque ille opulentissimus Censetur censu ad Acheruntem mortuus, will be rated by an equal census, i.e. in the same class, without considering their property, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 93: vos qui potestis ope vostra censerier, referring to a part of the audience, you, who may be rated according to your intelligence, analog. to capite censi (v. I. A. 1. b), id. Capt. prol. 15:2.nam argumentum hoc hic censebitur,
will be rated, its census-class will be determined here, id. Poen. prol. 56: id in quoque optimum esse debet cui nascitur, quo censetur, according to which he is rated, i.e. his worth is determined, Sen. Ep. 76, 8.—And with two acc.: quintus Phosphorus, Junonia, immo Veneris stella censetur, is ranked as the fifth, App. de Mundo, p. 710.—With direct reference to the census.a. (α).With gen. of price:(β).dic ergo quanti censes?
Plaut. Rud. 4, 8, 8.—In the pass.: si censenda nobis atque aestimanda res sit, utrum tandem pluris aestimemus pecuniam Pyrrhi? etc., if we have to weigh and estimate a thing, etc., Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48:b.anule... In quo censendum nil nisi dantis amor,
Ov. Am. 2, 15, 2:interim autem facta sola censenda dicit atque in judicium vocanda,
Gell. 7 (6), 3, 47.—= honorari, celebrari, with de aliquo, = for the sake of somebody (in Ovid):c.pro quibus ut maneat, de quo censeris, amicus, Comprecor, etc.,
the friend for the sake of whom you are celebrated, who is the cause of your renown, Ov. P. 2, 5, 73:hoc domui debes de qua censeris,
id. ib. 3, 1, 75.—Censeri, dep., = to distinguish, with acc. only once or twice in Ovid (v. I. A. 3. b):d.hanc semper... Est inter comites Marcia censa suas,
has always distinguished her, Ov. P. 1, 2, 140.—Censeri aliqua re.(α).= to be appreciated, distinguished, celebrated for some quality, as if the quality were a standard determining the census, analog. to capite censeri (v. I. A. 1. b), very freq. in post-class. writings:(β).Democritus cum divitiis censeri posset,
when he might have been celebrated for his wealth, Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 4:Aristides quo totius Graeciae justitia censetur (quo = cujus justitia),
id. 5, 3, ext. 3 med.: te custode matronalis stola censetur ( = tua, i.e. pudicitiae, custodia), the stola, etc., is appreciated for thy custody, id. 6, 1 prooem.:una adhuc victoria Carius Metius censebatur,
Tac. Agr. 45:ut ipsi quoque qui egerunt non aliis magis orationibus censeantur,
id. Dial. 39 fin.: non vitibus tantum censeri Chium, sed et operibus Anthermi filiorum, is celebrated not only for its grapes, but, etc., Plin. 36, 5, 2, § 12:et Galliae censentur hoc reditu,
id. 19, 1, 2, § 7:quisquis paulo vetustior miles, hic te commilitone censetur,
is distinguished for the fact that you were his fellow-soldier, Plin. Pan. 15 fin.:multiplici variaque doctrina censebatur,
Suet. Gram. 10:felix quae tali censetur munere tellus,
Mart. 9, 16, 5: censetur Apona Livio suo tellus, = for the fact that Livy was born there, id. 1, 61, 3:hi duo longaevo censentur Nestore fundi,
for the fact that Nestor used them, id. 8, 6, 9:nec laude virorum censeri contenta fuit (Iberia),
Claud. Laud. Seren. 67:libri mei non alia laude carius censentur, quam quod judicio vestro comprobantur,
App. Flor. 4, 18, 3.—Hence,= to be known by something (Appuleian):(γ).hoc nomine censebatur jam meus dominus,
App. M. 8, p. 171:nomen quo tu censeris aiebat,
id. ib. 5, p. 106: pro studio bibendi quo solo censetur, either known by, or distinguished for, id. Mag. p. 499:globorum caelestium supremum esse eum qui inerrabili meatu censetur,
which is known by its unerring course, id. Phil. Nat. 1, p. 582.— And,As gram. t. t., to be marked by some peculiarity, according to which a word is classified: neque de armis et moeniis infitias eo quin figura multitudinis perpetua censeantur, that they are marked by the form of constant plurality, i. e. that they are pluralia tantum, Gell. 19, 8, 5; 10, 20, 8; 19, 13, 3.II.Of transactions in and by the Senate, to judge (in the meanings II. and III. the passive voice is not in class. use, while in I. the passive voice is by far the most freq.).A.To be of opinion, to propose, to vote, to move, referring to the votes of the senators when asked for their opinions (sententiam dicere).1.With a (passive) inf.-clause, denoting what should be decreed by the Senate (esse usu. omitted): rex his ferme verbis patres consulebat... Dic, inquit ei, quid censes? tum ille Puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo, I am of the opinion ( I move, propose) that satisfaction should be sought, etc., ancient formula ap. Liv. 1, 32, 11 sq.:2.primum igitur acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:hoc autem tempore ita censeo decernendum,
id. ib. 5, 17, 45; 5, 6, 16; 5, 12, 31; 5, 12, 34; 5, 13, 36; 5, 14, 38; 5, 19, 53; 6, 1, 2; 9, 6, 14; 11, 15, 40; 12, 7, 17; 14, 1, 1; 14, 13, 35; cf.Regulus's advice in the Senate, being represented as a vote: captivos in senatu reddendos non censuit,
Cic. Off. 1, 13, 39; 3, 31, 111:quare ita ego censeo... de confessis more majorum supplicium sumendum,
Sall. C. 52, 36; 51, 8; 52, 14:Appius imperio consulari rem agendam censebat,
Liv. 2, 23, 15:ut multi (senatores) delendam urbem censerent,
id. 9, 26, 3; 2, 29, 7; 3, 40, 13; 10, 12, 1; 34, 4, 20; 38, 54, 6: cum ejus diei senatus consulta aureis litteris figenda in curia censuisset, Tac. A. 3, 57:ut nonnulli dedendum eum hostibus censuerint,
Suet. Caes. 24; so id. ib. 14; id. Aug. 100; id. Tib. 4; id. Calig. 60; id. Claud. 26; id. Ner. 2; id. Vesp. 2. Of the emperor's vote in the Senate:commutandam censuit vocem, et pro peregrina nostratem requirendam,
Suet. Tib. 71; so id. ib. 34; id. Aug. 55.—And with the copula expressed (very rare):qui censet eos... morte esse multandos,
Cic. Cat. 4, 4, 7.—Sometimes referring to sententia as subject:sententia quae censebat reddenda bona (inst. of eorum qui censebant),
Liv. 2, 4, 3.—Sometimes with oportere for the gerundial predic. inf.:quibusdam censentibus (eum) Romulum appellari oportere,
Suet. Aug. 7.—With pres. inf., inst. of a gerundial:hac corona civica L. Gellius in senatu Ciceronem consulem donari a re publica censuit,
Gell. 5, 6, 15 (cf. II. B. 1. b.).—If the opinion of the senator does not refer to the chief question, but to incidental points, the predic. inf. may have any form:eas leges quas M. Antonius tulisse dicitur omnes censeo per vim et contra auspicia latas, eisque legibus populum non teneri,
Cic. Phil. 5, 4, 10:cum magna pars senatus... cum tyrannis bellum gerendum fuisse censerent... et urbem recipi, non capi, etc.,
Liv. 26, 32, 2.—With ut, and negatively, ut ne or ne, generally when the clause has an active predicate, but also with passives instead of the gerundial inf.-clause:3.de ea re ita censeo uti consules designati dent operam uti senatus Kal. Jan. tuto haberi possit,
Cic. Phil. 3, 15, 37:censeo ut iis qui in exercitu Antonii sunt, ne sit ea res fraudi, si, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 12, 34:censebant omnes fere (senatores) ut in Italia supplementum meis et Bibuli legionibus scriberetur,
id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:Cn. Pompeius (in senatu) dixit, sese... censere ut ad senatus auctoritatem populi quoque Romani beneficium erga me adjungeretur,
id. Sest. 34, 74:quas ob res ita censeo: eorum qui cum M. Antonio sunt, etc.... iis fraudi ne sit quod cum M. Antonio fuerint,
id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:Calidius, qui censebat ut Pompeius in suas provincias proficisceretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 2:censuerunt quidam (senatores) ut Pannonicus, alii ut Invictus cognominaretur,
Suet. Tib. 17:iterum censente ut Trebianis... concederetur (of the emperor's vote in the Senate),
id. ib. 31.—And an inf.-clause, with neu or ut:sed ita censeo: publicandas eorum pecunias, etc.: neu quis postea de his ad senatum referat, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43:qui partem bonorum publicandam, pars ut liberis relinqueretur, censuerat,
Tac. A. 4, 20.—With a subj.-clause, without ut (rare in this connection;4.v. III. C. 3.): K. Fabius censuit... occuparent patres ipsi suum munus facere, captivum agrum plebi quam maxime aequaliter darent,
Liv. 2, 48, 2.— And ironically with regard to incidental points: vereamini censeo ne... nimis aliquid severe statuisse videamini, I propose you should be afraid of having decreed too severe a punishment = of course, you will not be afraid, etc., Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13: misereamini censeo—deliquere homines adulescentuli per ambitionem—atque etiam armatos dimittatis, I propose that you pity them, etc., or I advise you to be merciful, Sall. C. 52, 26.—Ellipt., with a gerundial clause understood:5. (α).dic quid censes (i. e. decernendum),
Liv. 1, 32, 11: quod ego mea sententia censebam (i.e. decernendum), Cato ap. Cic. Fam. 15, 5, 2:senati decretum fit, sicut ille censuerat,
Sall. C. 53, 1:quas ob res ita censeo... senatui placere, etc. ( = ita decernendum censeo, etc.),
Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 15, § 17 sq.; 10, 11, 25 sq.; 11, 12, 29 sq.; 14, 14, 36 sq.—Absol.: Priscus Helvidius.. contra studium ejus (sc. Vitellii) censuerat, had voted, or had expressed an opinion against his wishes, Tac. H. 2, 91:(β).cum parum sit, in senatu breviter censere, nisi, etc.,
id. Dial. 36 fin.:sententias... prout libuisset perrogabat... ac si censendum magis quam adsentiendum esset,
Suet. Aug. 35:igitur Cn. Piso, quo, inquit, loco censebis, Caesar? si primus, etc.,
Tac. A. 1, 74.—With adjectives in the neuter, substantively used: nec quoquam reperto (in senatu) qui... referre aut censere aliquid auderet, who dared to express an opinion on any [p. 313] thing, Suet. Caes. 20:(γ).per dissensionem diversa censentium,
of the senators who expressed different opinions, id. Claud. 10.—With interrog. or rel.-clause:B.deinde ageret senatorem et censeret quid corrigi aut mutari vellet,
Tac. A. 16, 28:cum censeat aliquis (in senatu) quod ex parte mihi placeat,
Sen. Ep. 21, 9.Of the decrees or resolutions of the Senate, = decernere, placere, to resolve, decree.1.With inf.-clause.a.With gerund, without copula (v. II. A. 1.):b.eum, cujus supplicio senatus sollennes religiones expiandas saepe censuit,
Cic. Mil. 27, 73:eos senatus non censuit redimendos,
id. Off. 3, 32, 114; so id. N. D. 2, 4, 10; id. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 15:senatus Caelium ab republica removendum censuit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 21:senatus censuit frequens coloniam Labicos deducendam,
Liv. 4, 47, 6; 5, 24, 4:cum bello persequendos Tusculanos patres censuissent,
id. 6, 25, 5; 3, 42, 6; 3, 49, 8; 7, 19, 7 et saep.—With pres. inf. pass. or act., with the force of a gerundial:2.de bonis regiis quae reddi antea censuerant ( = reddenda),
Liv. 2, 5, 1:munera mitti legatis ex binis milibus aeris censuerunt (i.e. patres),
id. 43, 5, 8; so id. 45, 44, 15 (v. 2. b.):eundem jus dicere Romae... patres censuerant,
id. 45, 12, 13:cum senatus unum consulem, nominatimque Gnaeum Pompeium fieri censuisset,
Suet. Caes. 26.—With both act. and pass. inf.:censuere patres, duas provincias Hispaniam rursus fieri... et Macedoniam Illyricumque eosdem... obtinere,
Liv. 45, 16, 1.—With both pres. pass. and gerund. inff.:haec ita movere senatum, ut non expectanda comitia consuli censerent, sed dictatorem... dici,
Liv. 27, 5, 14.—And with velle: senatus verbis nuntient, velle et censere eos ab armis discedere, etc.,
Sall. J. 21, 4.—With ut or ne.a.In the words of the Senate, according to formula: quod L. Opimius verba fecit de re publica, de ea re ita censuerunt uti L. Opimius consul rem publicam defenderet, etc., ancient S. C. ap. Cic. Phil. 8, 4, 14: quod, etc., de ea re ita censuerunt ut M. Pomponius praetor animadverteret curaretque ut si, etc., S. C. ap. Suet. Rhet. 1; Gell. 15, 4, 1.—And with gerundial inf.-clause: quod C. Julius pontifex... de ea re ita censuerunt, uti M. Antonius consul hostiis majoribus... procuraret... Ibus uti procurasset satis habendum censuerunt, S. C. ap. Gell. 4, 6, 2.—b.As related by the historians, etc.:3.quoniam senatus censuisset, uti quicunque Galliam provinciam obtineret... Aeduos defenderet,
Caes. B. G. 1, 35:patres censuerunt uti consules provincias inter se compararent,
Liv. 30, 40, 12:senatus censuit ut domus ei... publica impensa restitueretur,
Suet. Claud. 6;so with reference to the civil law,
Dig. 49, 14, 15 quater. —With ne:senatum censuisse, ne quis illo anno genitus educaretur,
Suet. Aug. 94.—And with inf -clause:filio regis Nicomedi ex ea summa munera dari censuerunt, et ut victimae... praeberentur,
Liv. 45, 44, 15.—With a subj.-clause (very rare):4.senatus consulto quo censeretur, darent operam consules, etc.,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 73, 10.—With neutr. acc. pron. in place of a clause:5.cum vero id senatus frequens censuisset (sc. faciendum),
Cic. Pis. 8, 18:ite in suffragium, et quae patres censuerunt vos jubete,
Liv. 31, 7, 14:quodcunque vos censueritis,
id. 34, 7, 15:quodpatres censuissent,
id. 28, 45, 2.—With accusative of a noun, or a noun as passive subject, to decree or vote a thing (postclass.):6.nec tamen repertum nisi ut effigies principum, aras deum, templa et arcus aliaque solita... censuere,
Tac. A. 3, 57:aram Clementiae, aram Amicitiae, effigiesque... censuere,
id. ib. 4, 74: cum censeretur clipeus auro et magnitudine insignis inter auctores eloquentiae ( to be placed among, etc.), id. ib. 2, 83.—With both acc. and dat.(α).The dat. = against:(β).bellum Samnitibus et patres censuerunt et populus jussit,
Liv. 10, 12, 3.—The dat. = in behalf of:III.censentur Ostorio triumphi insignia,
Tac. A. 12, 38.—And with ut:sententiis eorum qui supplicationes et... vestem Principi triumphalem, utque ovans urbem iniret, effigiesque ejus... censuere,
id. ib. 13, 8.Transf.A.Of the opinions and resolutions of other deliberating bodies, or of their members, to resolve, or to be of opinion.1.With inf.-clause.a.Gerundial:b.erant qui censerent de tertia vigilia in castra Cornelia recedendum (council of war),
Caes. B. C. 2, 30:erant sententiae quae conandum omnibus modis castraque Vari oppugnanda censerent,
id. ib.; so id. ib. 2, 31; id. B. G. 2, 31 fin.; 7, 21; 7, 77:pontifices, consules, patres conscripti mihi... pecunia publica aedificandam domum censuerunt,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52: nunc surgendum censeo, I move we adjourn (in a literary meeting), id. de Or. 2, 90, 367:cum... pontifices solvendum religione populum censerent,
Liv. 5, 23, 9:nunc has ruinas relinquendas non censerem (in an assembly of the people),
id. 5, 53, 3:ego ita censeo, legatos extemplo Romam mittendos (in the Carthaginian Senate),
id. 21, 10, 13:ante omnia Philippum et Macedonas in societatem belli... censeo deducendos esse (Hannibal in a council of war),
id. 36, 7, 3; 5, 36, 8; Curt. 10, 6, 22; 10, 8, 12:cum septem judices cognovissent, duo censuerunt, reum exilio multandum, duo alii pecunia, tres reliqui capite puniendum,
Gell. 9, 15, 7.—And with oportere inst. of a gerundial clause (referring to duty):neque sine gravi causa eum locum quem ceperant, dimitti censuerant oportere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 44.—With opus esse ( = expediency):Parmenio furto, non proelio opus esse censebat,
Curt. 10, 8, 12.—With ordinary pres. inf.(α).In place of a gerundial:(β).Antenor censet belli praecidere = praecidendam causam (in a council of war),
Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 9.—Denoting opinion about an existing state:2.Hasdrubal ultimam Hispaniae oram... ignaram adhuc Romanorum esse, eoque Carthaginiensibus satis fidam censebat,
Liv. 27, 20, 6:Parmenio non alium locum proelio aptiorem esse censebat,
Curt. 3, 7, 8.—With ut or ne:3.censeo ut satis diu te putes requiesse et iter reliquum conficere pergas (in a literary meeting),
Cic. de Or. 2, 71, 290:plerique censebant ut noctu iter facerent (council of war),
Caes. B. C. 1, 67:et nunc magnopere censere, ut unam anum... triginta milibus talentum auri permutet (council of war),
Curt. 4, 11, 12:censeout D. Claudius ex hac die deus fiat (council of the gods),
Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 9, 5: antiquos audio censuisse, ne (praenomina) cui ejusdem gentis patricio inderentur, resolved (family council), Gell. 9, 2, 11 (cf. Liv. 6, 20, 14).—With subj.-clause:4.nunc quoque arcessas censeo omnes navalis terrestrisque copias (Hannibal in council of war),
Liv. 36, 7, 17: censeo relinquamus nebulonem hunc, eamus hinc protinus Jovi Optimo Maximo gratulatum (assembly of the people), Scipio Afric. ap. Gell. 4, 18, 3.—With acc. neutr. of a pron. or adj. substantively used:5.ego pro sententia mea hoc censeo: quandoquidem, etc.,
Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 11, 4:nec dubitavere quin vera censeret,
that his opinion was correct, Curt. 10, 6, 18.—Ellipt.:B.sententiis quarum pars deditionem, pars eruptionem censebat (i.e. faciendam),
Caes. B. G. 7, 77 init.:ita uti censuerant Italici deditionem facit,
Sall. J. 26, 2; so Caes. B. G. 7, 75.Of the orders of persons in authority (cf. II. B.).1.Of commanders, etc., by courtesy, inst. of velle, imperare, or a direct imperative sentence.(α).With gerundial inf. - clause: non tam imperavi quam censui sumptus legatis quam maxime ad legem Corneliam decernendos, I said, not strictly as an order, but as an opinion that, etc. (Cicero as proconsul), Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 6.—(β).With subj.-clause: arma quae ad me missuri eratis, iis censeo armetis milites quos vobiscum habetis, you had better, etc., Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, A, 4. —2.Of an order by the people (rare;3.gen. populus jubet): ita id (foedus) ratum fore si populus censuisset (i. e. confirmandum esse),
Liv. 21, 19, 3.—Of the later emperors, in their ordinances (censemus = placet nobis, sancimus, imperamus, from the custom of the earlier emperors, who conveyed their commands in the form of an opinion in the senate; v. II. A. 1.).—With inf.clause, ut, ne, and subj.-clause:C.sex mensium spatium censemus debere servari,
Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7:censemus ut, etc.,
ib. 12, 37 (38), 13:censemus ne, etc.,
ib. 12, 44 (45), 1: censemus vindicet, remaneat, ib. 11, 48 (47), 23:in commune jubes si quid censesve tenendum, Primus jussa subi,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 296.Of advice, given by one person to another (further development of III. A.).1.Ante-class. formula: faciundum censeo = I advise, with ut-clause, with quid, sic, etc.: censeo faciundum ut quadringentos aliquos milites ad verrucam illam ire jubeas, etc., I advise you to order, etc., Cato ap. Gell. 3, 7, 6:2.ego Tiresiam... consulam, Quid faciundum censeat,
consult Tiresias as to what he advises, for his advice, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 80:consulam hanc rem amicos quid faciundum censeant,
id. Men. 4, 3, 26; id. Most. 3, 1, 23:sic faciundum censeo: Da isti cistellam, etc.,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 104:ego sic faciundum censeo: me honestiu'st Quam te, etc.,
id. As. 4, 2, 11; id. Ep. 2, 2, 91:sane faciundum censeo,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 38.—With ordinary gerundial inf.-clauses:3.narrandum ego istuc militi censebo,
I advise you to let the soldier know that, Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 42:exorando sumendam operam censeo,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 22:quid nunc consili captandum censes?
id. As. 2, 2, 91; id. Mil. 5, 25; id. Most. 1, 3, 115:idem tibi censeo faciendum,
Cic. Off. 10, 1, 3:quos quidem tibi studiose et diligenter tractandos magno opere censeo,
id. Fin. 4, 28, 79; id. Fam. 12, 28, 2.—Sometimes by aequum censere with an inf.-clause (in the comic poets):amicos consulam quo me modo Suspendere aequom censeant potissumum,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 50: qui homo cum animo... depugnat suo, Utrum ita se esse mavelit ut eum animus aequom censeat, An ita potius ut parentes... velint i. e. as his mind prompts him, id. Trin. 2, 2, 29; cf. E. 1. b. 8.—With a subj.clause (so esp. with censeo in 1 st pers.): censen' hominem interrogem? do you advise me to ask the man? etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 20:4.tu, si videbitur, ita censeo facias ut... supersedeas hoc labore itineris (cf.: faciundum censeo ut, 1. supra),
Cic. Fam. 4, 2, 4:immo plane, inquam, Brute, legas (Gracchum) censeo,
id. Brut. 33, 125:tu, si forte quid erit molestiae te ad Crassum et Calidium conferas censeo,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 7:tu, censeo, tamen adhibeas Vettium,
id. Att. 2, 4, 7:quae disputari de amicitia possunt, ab iis censeo petatis qui ista profitentur,
id. Lael. 5, 17: tu, censeo, Luceriam venias: nusquam eris tutius, Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 1, 1; 8, 11, A:censeo Via Appia iter facias, et celeriter Brundusium venias,
id. ib. 8, 11, C: ad Caesarem mittas censeo, et ab eo hoc petas, Anton. ib. 10, 10, 2: sed hos tamen numeros censeo videas hodou parergon, Gell. 17, 20, 5:quam scit uterque, libens censebo exerceat artem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 44 (cf. Liv. 36, 7, 17, and Gell. 4, 18, 3, quoted III. A. 3.).—Of an advice given to an adversary, with irony:cetera si qua putes te occultius facere posse... magnopere censeo desistas,
I strongly advise you to give up that idea, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 68, § 174:sed tu, Acci, consideres censeo diligenter, utrum censorum judicium grave esse velis an Egnatii,
id. Clu. 48, 135:postulant ut excipiantur haec inexplicabilia. Tribunum censeant: aliquem adeant: a me... numquam impetrabunt,
id. Ac. 2, 30, 97:ibi quaeratis socios censeo, ubi Saguntina clades ignota est,
Liv. 21, 19, 10:solvas censeo, Sexte, creditori,
Mart. 2, 13, 2.—And in jest:Treviros vites censeo, audio capitalis esse,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:hi Plebei fuerunt, quos contemnas censeo... qua re ad patres censeo revertare,
id. ib. 9, 21, 3:vites censeo porticum Philippi: si te viderit Hercules, peristi,
Mart. 5, 49, 13; so id. ib. 11, 99, 8; 12, 61, 7.—For ironical senatorial advice, by which the contrary is meant, v. Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13; Sall. C. 52, 26, quoted II. A. 3.—With an ut-clause (with monere;5.very rare): illud tamen vel tu me monuisse vel censuisse puta... ut tu quoque animum inducas, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 4, 8, 2.—With a clause understood: quo me vortam nescio: Pa. Si deos salutas, dextrovorsum censeo (i.e. id facias or faciundum censeo), Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 70: quo redeam? Pe. Equidem ad phrygionem censeo (i. e. redeas), id. Men. 4, 2, 53:D.quid nunc censes, Chrysale? (i. e. faciundum),
id. Bacch. 4, 8, 112:ita faciam ut frater censuit,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 11:tibi igitur hoc censeo (i. e. faciendum): latendum tantisper ibidem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 9, 2, 4: tu [p. 314] potes Kalendis spectare gladiatores, et ita censeo, id. ib. 16, 20:quid censes igitur? Ecquidnam est tui consilii ad? etc.,
id. Att. 9, 12, 4: quid igitur censet (sapientia)? What is wisdom ' s advice? id. Phil. 13, 3, 6:scribi quid placeat, quid censeas,
id. Att. 9, 19,4:ibitur igitur, et ita quidem ut censes,
id. ib. 10, 15, 3:disce, docendus adhuc, quae censet amiculus,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 3.Of opinions and views on general questions, to be of opinion, think, believe, hold (cf.: statuo, existimo, puto, aio, dico; freq. in class. prose; very rare in post-class. writers except Gellius; never with ut, ne, or subj.-clause).1.With inf.-clause:2.Plato mundum esse factum censet a deo sempiternum,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:Cyrenaici non omni malo aegritudinem effici censent, sed insperato,
id. Tusc. 3, 13, 28:(Hieronymus) censet summum bonum esse sine ulla molestia vivere,
id. Fin. 2, 5, 16:Aristoteles eos qui valetudinis causa furerent, censebat habere aliquid in animis praesagiens,
id. Div. 1, 38, 81:Pythagoras censuit animum esse per naturam rerum omnem intentum et commeantem,
id. ib. 1, 11, 27; so id. Ac. 1, 11, 40; 2, 42, 131; id. Fin. 1, 6, 20; 3, 15, 49; 3, 19, 64; 3, 21, 70; 4, 7, 17; 5, 7, 17; id. N. D. 1, 2, 3; 1, 2, 4; 1, 12, 29; 1, 13, 35 and 37; 1, 43, 120; 1, 44, 121; 2, 22, 57; 2, 16, 44; id. Sen. 12, 41; id. Leg. 1, 13, 36; id. Tusc. 1, 9, 18; 1, 10, 22; 1, 30, 72; 1, 45, 108; 3, 5, 11; 3, 22, 52; 4, 7, 14; id. Off. 1, 25, 88:Plato in civitate communis esse mulieres censuit,
Gell. 18, 2, 8; 14, 5, 2; 18, 1, 4; 19, 12, 6.—If the opinion refers to what should be observed, oportere or debere is used, or a gerundial predicate with esse (so in Cic., but in Gell. 7, 15, 3, without esse):oportere delubra esse in urbibus censeo,
Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 26:M. Varro aeditumum dici oportere censet,
Gell. 12, 10, 4; 14, 5, 2;so with debere,
id. 17, 5, 5; 13, 8, 4:Cyrenaici... virtutem censuerunt ob eam rem esse laudandam,
Cic. Off. 3, 33, 116:(Ennius) non censet lugendam esse mortem quam immortalitas consequatur,
id. Sen. 20, 73.—An inf.-clause understood:3.(dissensio est), a quibus temporibus scribendi capiatur initium. Ego enim ab ultimis censeo (i. e. exordiendum esse),
Cic. Leg. 1, 3, 8:si, Mimnermus uti censet, sine amore jocisque Nil est jucundum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 65:sic enim censuit,
Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117.—With neutr. acc. of a pron.: hoc amplius censeo, in addition to the opinions mentioned I hold, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2:4.nullo (medico) idem censente,
Plin. 29, 1, 5, § 11.—With a rel.-clause:5.Aesopus quae utilia... erant, non severe neque imperiose praecepit et censuit,
he imparted his teachings and views, Gell. 2, 29, 1.—Absol.:E.non adligo me ad unum aliquem ex Stoicis proceribus. Est et mihi censendi jus,
the right to impart my opinions, Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2.In gen., = arbitror, puto, existimo, judico (cf.: idem enim valet censere et arbitrari, Varr. ap. Non. p. 519, 29: censere nunc significat putare, nunc suadere, nunc decernere, Paul. ex Fest. p. 54, 11 Mull.).1.To judge, think, believe, suppose (freq. in ante-class. writings; very rare in Cic. except in the particular meanings, a.—ironically—and d.; always with inf.-clause expressed or understood).a.In gen.:b.atque ego censui abs te posse hoc me impetrare,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 12 sq.:satis jam delusam censeo: rem, ut est, nunc eloquamur,
id. As. 3, 3, 141:nam si honeste censeam te facere posse, suadeam,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 60:neque ego hac noctem longiorem me vidisse censeo,
id. Am. 1, 1, 126:saluti quod tibi esse censeo,
id. Merc. 1, 35; so id. Am. 4, 3, 2; id. Most. 1, 3, 127; id. Pers. 1, 1, 9; 2, 2, 8; 2, 3, 75 sq.; id. Truc. 2, 2, 60; id. As. 2, 2, 33; id. Aul. 2, 4, 30; 2, 4, 36; id. Cas. 2, 8, 38; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 53; id. Phorm. 2, 2, 13: aut domino, cujum id censebis esse, reddes, Cincius, Re Mil. l. iii., de ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:eo namque omnem belli molem inclinaturam censebant (consules),
Liv. 7, 32, 3:nec facturum aequa Samnitium populum censebant, si... oppugnarent,
id. 7, 31, 7:quaeso ut ea quae dicam non a militibus imperatori dicta censeas,
id. 7, 13, 8:at illa purgare se, quod quae utilia esse censebat... suasisset,
Curt. 8, 3, 7: Alexander, tam memorabili victoria laetus, qua sibi Orientis fines apertos esse censebat, id. 9, 1, 1; so id. 10, 8, 22.—With reference to an erroneous opinion, to imagine, suppose, falsely believe:c.censebam me effugisse a vita marituma Ne navigarem, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 108:omnes eum (sc. Jovem) esse (Amphitruonem) censent servi,
id. Am. prol. 122, 134:jam hic ero, quom illic censebis esse me,
id. ib. 3, 3, 14:ardere censui aedes,
id. ib. 5, 1, 15:ego hunc censebam esse te,
id. Men. 5, 9, 13; so id. As. 5, 2, 20; id. Aul. 3, 5, 55; id. Bacch. 1, 2, 14; id. Men. 3, 3, 32; 5, 9, 76; id. Merc. 1, 2, 87; id. Poen. 1, 1, 54; 3, 1, 60; 3, 4, 25; id. Rud. 2, 4, 31; 4, 7, 35; id. Stich. 4, 2, 24; id. Truc. 1, 1, 72 et saep.: censuit se regem Porsenam occidere, Cass. Hem. ap. Non. p. 4, 88:non ipsa saxa magis sensu omni vacabant quam ille... cui se hic cruciatum censet optare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107.—And ironically:nisi forte Diagoram aut Theodorum... censes superstitiosos fuisse,
Cic. N. D. 1, 42, 117:nisi forte etiam illi Semproniano senatus consulto me censes adfuisse, qui ne Romae quidem fui,
id. Fam. 12, 29, 2:neminem me fortiorem esse censebam,
Curt. 8, 14, 42.—Referring to what should take place.(α).With gerundial inf.-clause:(β).navis praedatoria, Abs qua cavendum nobis sane censeo,
Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 70:soli gerundum censeo morem,
id. Most. 1, 3, 69:neque vendundam censeo Quae libera est,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 39; so id. Eun. 4, 4, 53; 5, 8, 42; id. Hec. 4, 4, 94; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 17:ceterum ei qui consilium adferret opem quoque in eam rem adferendam censebant esse,
Liv. 25, 11, 14.—With oportere, debere, or an ordinary inf.-clause:(γ).solam illi me soli censeo esse oportere obedientem,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 47:quibus declaraveram, quo te animo censerem esse oportere, et quid tibi faciendum arbitrarer,
Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1:rursus interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,
Curt. 8, 14, 43: impudens postulatio visa est, censere... ipsos id (bellum) advertere in se, agrosque suos pro alienis populandos obicere, to entertain the idea that they should direct that war against themselves and their own lands, etc., Liv. 21, 20, 4:munere eum fungi prioris censet amici = eum fungi oportere,
Hor. Ep. 1, 9, 5:quae nos quoque sustinere censebat,
App. M. 11, p. 253.—By aequum censere with ordinary inf.clause, expressed or understood, either = it is fair ( right) to do something, or something ought or should be done (so very freq. in the comic poets and Livy; rare in other writers): non ego istunc me potius quam te metuere aequom censeo, I do not think it right to fear him, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 51: quid me aequom censes pro illa tibi dare? What do you think I should give as a fair price? etc., id. As. 1, 3, 76: meum animum tibi servitutem servire aequom censui, I thought it my duty that my mind should, etc., id. Trin. 2, 2, 27: ecquis est tandem qui vestrorum... aequom censeat poenas dare ob eam rem quod arguatur male facere voluisse? Cato ap. Gell. 6 (7), 3, 36:d.quis aequum censeret... receptos in fidem non defendi?
Liv. 21, 19, 5; so id. 24, 37, 7; 5, 3, 8; 22, 32, 6.—And without emphasis upon the idea of fairness or right:si sunt ita ut ego aequom censeo,
as I think they ought to be, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 55; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 87; 2, 3, 1; id. Merc. 3, 3, 8; id. Aul. 4, 1, 11; id. Ep. 4, 1, 29; id. Stich. 2, 2, 20; 4, 1, 42:qui aequom esse censeant, nos jam a pueris ilico nasci senes,
who believe that we should be born as old men right from childhood, Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 2; so id. ib. 5, 5, 11; id. Ad. 4, 3, 10:qui aequom censeant rem perniciosam utili praeponi,
Auct. Her. 2, 14, 22: (tribuni) intercedebant;senatum quaerere de pecunia non relata in publicum... aequum censebant,
Liv. 38, 54, 5:cives civibus parcere aequum censebat,
Nep. Thras. 2, 6.—Very freq., esp. in Cic., when a question, rhetorical or real, is addressed to a second person, often referring to erroneous opinions:e.an fores censebas nobis publicitus praeberier?
Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 7:clanculum istaec te flagitia facere censebas potesse?
id. Men. 4, 2, 47:hicine nos habitare censes?
id. Trin. 4, 3, 72:omnes cinaedos esse censes, tu quia es?
id. Men. 3, 2, 48; so id. As. 2, 4, 78; 5, 2, 37; id. Bacch. 4, 6, 41; 5, 2. 82; id. Capt. 4, 2, 66; 4, 2, 74; 5, 2, 16; id. Cas. 2, 6, 29; id. Men. 5, 5, 25: continuo dari Tibi verba censes? Ter. And. 3, 2, 25; so id. ib. 3, 3, 13; 4, 4, 55; id. Heaut. 4, 3, 38; id. Hec. 4, 1, 32; 4, 4, 53; id. Phorm. 5, 6, 35:adeone me delirare censes ut ista esse credam?
Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 10:nam cum in Graeco sermone haec... non videbantur, quid censes in Latino fore?
id. Fin. 3, 4, 15:quid igitur censes? Apim illum nonne deum videri Aegyptiis?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 82:quis haec neget esse utilia? quem censes?
id. Off. 3, 26, 99:an censes me tantos labores... suscepturum fuisse, si, etc.,
id. Sen. 23, 82:an vos Hirtium pacem velle censetis?
id. Phil. 12, 4, 9; so id. Brut. 50, 186; 85, 294; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10 fin.; 2, 4, 11; 3, 13, 27; id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. N. D. 1, 8, 20; 1, 28, 78; 1, 44, 122; id. Leg. 2, 10, 23; id. Div. in Caecil. 16, 54; id. Phil. 1, 6, 13; 4, 3, 7; 7, 4, 14; 11, 1, 3; 11, 5, 10; 12, 3, 7; 12, 6, 13; 12, 8, 21; 12, 9, 22; 13, 2, 4; 14, 4, 10; id. Att. 10, 11, 4:quid censes munera terrae?... quo spectanda modo, quo sensu credis et ore?
Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 5 sqq.; so id. ib. 2, 2, 65; Lucr. 1, 973 (with obj.inf.).—With conditional period inst. of an inf.-clause:num censes faceret, filium nisi sciret eadem haec velle,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 46.—Sometimes censemus? is used in the same way as censes?
Cic. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; id. Off. 2, 7, 25; id. Fam. 4, 9, 2.—With an inf.clause understood: itane tu censes? Pa. Quid ego ni ita censeam? Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 27: quid ergo censes? Tr. Quod rogas, Censeo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 7 sq.: quid illum censes? (i. e. eo loco facere?) Ter. And. 5, 2, 12:2.quid illas censes? (i. e. posse dicere),
id. Ad. 4, 5, 22; so Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 59; Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 9; 5, 3, 21.—So, very freq. in the comic poets, censeo, absol., as an approving answer; also sic censeo, istuc censeo, ita censeo (Cic.) to be variously rendered: ego divinam rem intus faciam... So. Censeo, that will be right! Plaut. Am. 3, 3, 11: auscultemus quid agat: Ph. Sane censeo, so we will, indeed, id. Curc. 2, 2, 29: quid si recenti re aedis pultem? Ad. Censeo, do so! id. Poen. 3, 4, 18: quin eloquamur? Ag. Censeo, hercle, patrue, id. ib. 5, 4, 93: patri etiam gratulabor? Tr. Censeo, I think so (and after answering several questions with censeo): etiamne complectar ejus patrem? Tr. Non censeo. Pl. Nunc non censet quom volo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 6 sqq.; id. Ps. 2, 2, 69; id. Stich. 5, 4, 53; id. Truc. 2, 4, 73; id. Cas. 4, 3, 14; Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; id. Heaut. 3, 3, 27: male habeas! Mu. Sic censeo, Plaut. Men. 4, 1, 11: aliquem arripiamus, etc.: Ly. Hem, istuc censeo, id. Merc. 3, 3, 19 (cf.:prorsus ita censeo, referring to general questions, as in D.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 23);once similarly censeas: Quid gravare? censeas!
Say yes, Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 22.—To resolve, as a merely mental act, with gerundial inf.-clause (rare; cf. II. B.): quibus rebus cognitis, Caesar maturandum sibi censuit, resolved to hasten, lit., thought he must hasten ( = statuit, existimavit), Caes. B. G. 7, 56 init.:3.censuimus igitur amplius quaerendum,
Gell. 12, 14, 7.—To consider, i. e. after carefully weighing the circumstances, with inf.-clause (rare):4. a.sed cum censerem... me et periculum vitare posse, et temperatius dicere... ea causa mihi in Asiam proficiscendi fuit,
Cic. Brut. 91, 314.—With double acc.:b.quom dispicias tristem, frugi censeas (i.e. eum),
you would consider him thrifty, Plaut. Cas. 3, 2. 32:auxilio vos dignos censet senatus,
considers you worthy of help, Liv. 7, 31, 2:has... indagines cuppediarum majore detestatione dignas censebimus si, etc.,
Gell. 7 (6), 16, 6: cum Priscum nobilitas hostem patriae censuisset, judged, declared him the enemy, etc., Aur. Vict. Caes. 29, 4.—In the pass. with nom. and inf., = haberi (in Manil. and Gell.):5.praeter illas unam et viginti (comoedias) quae consensu omnium Plauti esse censebantur,
Gell. 3, 3, 3:quae terrena censentur sidera sorte (i. e. esse),
are considered as being of the terrestrial kind, Manil. 2, 226; so id. 2, 293; 2, 653; 2, 667; 3, 96; so, sub aliquo censeri, to be considered as being under one ' s influence, id. 4, 246; 4, 705; cf. id. 3, 598 (with per).—To wish, with subj.-clause or ne (in App.):2.de coma pretiosi velleris floccum mihi confestim adferas censeo,
App. M. 6. [p. 315] p. 117:censeo ne ulla cura os percolat,
id. Mag. p. 411.censeo, ēre, = succenseo, to be angry: ne vobis censeam, si, etc., Varr. ap. Non. p. 267, 24. -
13 πνεῦμα
πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.③ a part of human personality, spiritⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.ⓓ abs.α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
14 सु
su
2) (= 1. sū) cl. 1. 2. P. Dhātup. XXII, 43 and XXIV, 32 ;
savati, sauti, only in 3. sg. pr. sauti andﾠ 2. sg. Impv. suhi
to urge, impel, incite ṠBr. KātyṠr. ;
to possess supremacy Dhātup. ;
3) cl. 5. P. Ā. Dhātup. XXVII, 1 ;
sunóti, sunute (in RV. ;
3. pl. sunvánti, sunviré <with pass. sense> andﾠ sushvati;
p. sunvát orﾠ sunvāná <the latter with act. andﾠ pass. sense> ib. ;
pf. sushāva, sushuma etc. ib. MBh. ;
p. in Veda sushuvás andﾠ sushvāṇá <the later generally with pass. sense;
accord. toﾠ Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 106, alsoﾠ sushuvāṇa with act. sense>;
aor. accord. toﾠ Gr. asāvīt orﾠ asaushīt, asoshṭa orﾠ asavishṭa;
in RV. alsoﾠ Impv. sótu, sutám, andﾠ p. <mostly pass.> suvāná <but the spoken form is svāná andﾠ so written in SV., suv- in RV. >;
andﾠ 3. pl. asushavuḥ AitBr. ;
fut. sotā ib. ;
soshyati KātyṠr. ;
savishyati ṠBr. ;
inf. sótave, sótos RV.:
Br. ;
sotum Gr.;
ind. p. - sútya Br. ;
- sūya MBh.), to press out, extract (esp. the juice from the Soma plant for libations) RV. AV. ṠBr. KātyṠr. Up. MBh. ;
to distil, prepare (wine, spirits etc.) Sch. on Pāṇ. 2-2, 132:
Pass. sūyáte (in RV. alsoﾠ Ā. 3. sg. sunve andﾠ 3. pl. sunviré with pass. sense;
aor. ásāvi ib.):
Caus. - sāvayati orﾠ - shāvayati ( seeﾠ abhi-shu andﾠ pra-su;
aor. asūshavat accord. toﾠ some asīshavat) Gr.:
Desid. of Caus. sushāvayishati ib.:
Desid. susūshati, - te ib.:
Iutens. soshūyate, soshavīti, soshoti ib. ;
4) (= 2. sū), (only in 3. sg. sauti seeﾠ pra-sū) to beget, bring forth
sú5) ind. (opp. to dus
+ andﾠ corresponding in sense to Gk. εὖ;
6) perhaps connected with 1. vásu, andﾠ, accord. toﾠ some, with pron. base sa, as ku with ka;
in Veda alsoﾠ sū́ andﾠ liable to become shu orﾠ shū andﾠ to lengthen a preceding vowel, while a following na may become ṇa;
it may be used as an adj. orﾠ adv.), good, excellent, right, virtuous, beautiful, easy, well, rightly, much, greatly, very, any, easily, willingly, quickly (in older language often with other particles;
esp. with u, = « forthwith, immediately» ;
with mô i.e. māu, = « never, by no means» ;
súkam often emphatically with an Impv. e.g.. tíshṭhāsúkammaghavanmā́parāgāḥ, « do tarry O Maghavan, go not past» RV. III, 53, 2 ;
su always qualifies the meaning of a verb andﾠ is never used independently at the beginning of a verse;
in later language it is rarely a separate word, but is mostly prefixed to substantives, adjectives, adverbs andﾠ participles, exceptionally alsoﾠ to an ind. p. e.g.. su-baddhvā, « having well bound» Mṛicch. X, 50 ;
orﾠ even to a finite verb e.g.. su-nirvavau Ṡiṡ. VI, 58) RV. etc. etc.
-
15 ipse
ipse ( ipsus, Cato, R. R. 70; 71; Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 43; id. Trin. 2, 2, 40; 3, 1, 10 et saep.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 15; id. Eun. 3, 4, 8, id. Hec. 3, 5, 5; Jusjur. Milit. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4 al.), a, um (ipsud, Gloss. Philox.); gen. ipsīus ( poet. also ipsĭus, Cat. 64, 43; Verg. A. 1, 114; 2, 772 al.; and dissyl. Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 15; id. Phorm. 4, 5, 13: ipsi, Afran. ap. Prisc. 694); dat. ipsi (ipso, App. M. 10, p. 243, 24); pron. demonstr. [is - pse for pte; cf. sua-pte and -pote in ut-pote; root in potis; Sanscr. patis, lord, master; hence, = he, the master, himself, etc.; cf. Pott. Etym. Forsch. 2, 866 sq.; Fick, Vergl. Wörterb. p. 116. Hence, in the original form, the pronoun is was declined, while the suffix was unchanged; thus eopte = eo ipso, Paul. ex Fest. p. 110:I.eapse = ea ipsa,
id. p. 77; nom. sing. eapse, Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 4; id. Cist. 1, 2, 17; id. Rud. 2, 3, 80; 2, 5, 21 al.; acc. eumpse, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:eampse,
Plaut. Aul. 5, 7; id. Cist. 1, 3, 22; id. Men. 5, 2, 22 al.; abl. eopse, Plaut. Curc, 4, 3, 6:eāpse,
id. Trin. 4, 2, 132; id. Curc. 4, 3, 2; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 197 sq.], = autos, self, in person, he (emphatic), himself, herself, itself, used both substantively and adjectively, to denote that person (thing) of which something is eminently or exclusively predicated.In gen.A.With substt. or pronn.1.Expressing eminence or distinction:2.ipse ille Gorgias... in illo ipso Platonis libro,
Cic. de Or. 3, 32, 129:ille ipse Marcellus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 2, § 4:natura ipsa,
id. Brut. 29, 112:dicet pro me ipsa virtus,
id. Fin. 2, 20, 65:ipsa res publica,
id. Fam. 3, 11, 3:neque enim ipse Caesar est alienus a nobis,
id. ib. 6, 10, 2:ipse Moeris,
Verg. E. 8, 96:rex ipse Aeneas,
id. A. 1, 575:ipse aries,
id. E. 3, 95:ductores ipsi,
id. A. 1, 189:si in ipsa arce habitarem,
Liv. 2, 7, 10;esp. freq. with names of gods, etc.: naturas quas Juppiter ipse Addidit,
Verg. G. 4, 149; id. A. 3, 222; Hor. C. 1, 16, 12:Pater ipse,
Verg. G. 1, 121; Tib. 1, 4, 23:Venus ipsa,
Hor. C. 2, 8, 13; Ov. H. 19, 159:ipse pater Pluton,
Verg. A. 7, 327 et saep.—Prov.:audentes deus ipse juvat,
Ov. M. 10, 586.—For emphasis or in contrast, very, just, precisely, self, in person:B.adest optime ipse frater,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 66:in orationibus hisce ipsis,
Cic. de Or. 1, 16, 73:ea ipsa hora,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 4:nec carmina nobis Ipsa placent: ipsae rursus concedite silvae,
Verg. E. 10, 63:tute ipse his rebus finem praescripsti,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 124:lepide ipsi hi sunt capti,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 91:ego enim ipse cum eodem isto non invitus erraverim,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:ipse ille divinationis auctor,
id. Div. 2, 28, 61:cariorem esse patriam quam nosmet ipsos,
id. Fin. 3, 19, 64:eaque ipsa causa belli fuit,
the very, the true cause, Liv. 1, 57, 1; esp. with is, in all persons and numbers:estne hic Philto? Is hercle'st ipsus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 31:cui tutor is fuerat ipse,
Liv. 5, 33, 3:jam id ipsum absurdum, maximum malum neglegi,
even, Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93 (Madv.); id. de Or. 2, 30, 132:tempus ad id ipsum congruere,
Liv. 1, 5, 5:duum vir ad id ipsum creatus,
id. 2, 42, 5:Tullius et eos ipsos et per eos multitudinem aliam deduxit,
id. 2, 38, 1:eorum ipsorum facta (opp. loca in quibus, etc.),
Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2:nec vero clarorum virorum post mortem honores permanerent, si nihil eorum ipsorum animi efficerent,
id. de Sen. 22, 80:ad eum ipsum honorem deferre,
Liv. 3, 51, 3; so sometimes with an inf. or subst.-clause:ipsum dicere ineptum,
Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 112:quid juvat quod ante initum tribunatum veni, si ipsum, quod veni, nihil juvat?
the mere fact, the fact alone, id. Att. 11, 9, 1:ipsum, quod habuisti,
Sen. Cons. ad Marc. 12, 2:et ipsum, quod sum victus, ama,
Luc. 8, 78.— Esp. in legal phrase: ipso jure, by the letter of the law, in legal strictness or precision, Gai Inst. 2, 198; 3, 181; 4, 106 sqq. et saep.—Alone, emphatically taking the place of an omitted person. or demonstr. pron.: Ar. Ubi is nunc est? He. Ubi ego minume atque ipsus se volt maxume, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 1, 10: Su. Is ipsusne's? Ch. Aio: Su. Ipsus es? id. Trin. 4, 2, 146:C.atque ipsis, ad quorum commodum pertinebat, durior inventus est Coelius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 20, 4:quaeram ex ipsā,
Cic. Cael. 14:tempus, quo ipse eos sustulisset, ad id ipsum congruere,
Liv. 1, 5, 5:agrum dare immunem ipsi, qui accepisset, liberisque,
id. 21, 45, 5; 9, 34, 18; 10, [p. 999] 6, 10:laeta et ipsis qui rem gessere expugnatio fuit,
id. 28, 4, 1:a nobis exposita, ut ab ipsis, qui eam disciplinam probant,
Cic. Fin. 1, 5, 13.—So freq. in Cic. before a rel.:ut de ipso, qui judicarit, judicium fieri videretur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 44, 82:ipsi omnia, quorum negotium est, ad nos deferunt,
id. de Or. 1, 58, 250; 2, 14, 60; id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 13; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:nullis definitionibus utuntur, ipsique dicunt ea se modo probare, quibus natura tacita assentiatur,
Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40 Madv. —To make prominent one of two or more subjects of any predicate, he ( she, il), for his part, he too, also, as well.1.Ipse alone:2.litterae Metello Capuam adlatae sunt a Clodia, quae ipsa transiit,
i. e. also, in person, Cic. Att. 9, 6, 3:Italiam ornare quam domum suam maluit: quamquam Italia ornata domus ipsa mihi videtur ornatior,
id. Off. 2, 22, 76:tris ipse excitavit recitatores,
he too, id. Clu. 51, 141:neque tanti timoris sum ut ipse deficiam,
Caes. B. C. 2, 31, 8:Jugurtha, tametsi regem ficta locutum intellegebat, et ipse longe aliter animo agitabat,
Sall. J. 11, 1:hoc Rhipeus, hoc ipse Dymas omnisque juventus Laeta facit,
Verg. A. 2, 394.—With conjunctions.(α).With etiam (class.):(β).ipse etiam Fufidius in numero fuit,
Cic. Brut. 29, 112: scribebat orationes quas alii dicerent: quamquam is etiam ipse scripsit eas, quibus pro se est usus, sed non sine Aelio;his enim scriptis etiam ipse interfui,
id. ib. 56, 206 sq. —With quoque:(γ).quippe quia plebs senatus consultum solvit, ipsi quoque solutum vultis,
Liv. 3, 21, 4:consul, quia collegae decretum triumphum audivit, ipse quoque triumphi flagitator Romam rediit,
id. 8, 12, 9:cum subito Sulpicius et Albinovanus objecissent catervas, ipse quoque (Sulla) jaculatus, etc.,
Flor. 3, 21, 7.—With et (et ipse = kai autos, ipse etiam; rare in Cic.; cf.(δ).Zumpt, Gram. § 698): tamen et ipsi tuae familiae genere et nomine continebuntur,
Cic. Caecin. 20, 58:deseret eos quos una scis esse, cum habeat praesertim et ipse cohortis triginta?
id. Att. 8, 7, 1; id. de Or. 1, 46, 202:Cornelius dictatorem Aemilium dixit, et ipse ab eo magister equitum est dictus,
Liv. 4, 31, 5:credo ego vos, socii, et ipsos cernere,
id. 21, 21, 3:Cornelio minus copiarum datum, quia L. Manlius praetor et ipse cum praesidio in Galliam mittebatur,
id. 21, 17, 7:qui et ipse crus fregerat,
Suet. Aug. 43:Antoninus Commodus nihil paternum habuit, nisi quod contra Germanos feliciter et ipse pugnavit,
Eutr. 8, 7:virtutes et ipsae taedium pariunt,
Quint. 9, 4, 43. —With nec ( = ne ipse quidem):II.primis repulsis Maharbal cum majore robore virorum missus nec ipse eruptionem cohortium sustinuit,
Liv. 23, 18, 4:nihil moveri viderunt, nec ipsi quicquam mutarunt,
id. 37, 20, 8:neque ipsi,
id. 30, 42, 7: crimina non quidem nec ipsa mediocria;sed quid ista sunt prae iis, etc.,
id. 34, 32, 9.Esp.A.By way of eminence, ipse is used to indicate the chief person, host, master, teacher, etc.:B.ipsa, the mistress, etc.: ipsus tristis,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 23:ipsum praesto video,
id. ib. 2, 5, 3:ego eo quo me ipsa misit,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 2, 10:suam norat ipsam tam bene, quam puella matrem,
Cat. 3, 7 (Müll., ipsa); cf.:Pythagorei respondere solebant, ipse dixit,
i. e. Pythagoras, Cic. N. D. 1, 5, 10; cf.:nec hoc oratori contingere inter adversarios quod Pythagorae inter discipulos potest ipse dixit,
Quint. 11, 1, 27:cum veniat lectica Mathonis plena ipso,
the great man, Juv. 1, 33:anseris ante ipsum jecur,
before the host, id. 5, 114.—Of or by one ' s self, of one ' s own accord = suā sponte, ultro:C.videar non ipse promisisse (opp. to fortuito),
Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 111:de manibus delapsa arma ipsa ceciderunt,
id. Off. 1, 22, 77:valvae clausae se ipsae aperuerunt,
id. Div. 1, 37, 74:ipsae lacte domum referent distenta capellae Ubera,
Verg. E. 4, 21:ipsi potum venient juvenci,
id. ib. 7, 11; cf.:aliae ipsae Sponte sua veniunt,
id. G. 2, 10:fruges sponte sua (tellus) primum ipsa creavit,
Lucr. 2, 11, 58; and autai for automatoi, Theocr. Idyll. 11, 12.—Himself exclusively.1.By or in one ' s self, alone:2. 3.haec ipse suo tristi cum corde volutat,
Verg. A. 6, 185:his actis, aliud genitor secum ipse volutat,
id. ib. 12, 843: tempus secum ipsa Exigit, id. ib. 4, 475:quam facile exercitu soclos conservaturus sit, qui ipso nomine ac rumore defenderit,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 45:multa secum ipse volvens,
Sall. C. 32, 1:aestimando ipse secum,
Liv. 25, 23, 11.—Of one ' s self, of one ' s own nature, etc.:D.erat ipse immani acerbāque naturā Oppianicus,
Cic. Clu. 15, 44:duo imperatores, ipsi pares, ceterum opibus disparibus,
Sall. J. 52, 1:natura serpentium, ipsa perniciosa, siti accenditur,
id. ib. 89, 5.—With advv. of time.1.Nunc ipsum, just now, at this very time:2.nunc ipsum exurit,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 16:nunc ipsum non dubitabo rem tantam adicere,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 2; 8, 9, 2:nunc tamen ipsum sine te esse non possum,
id. ib. 12, 16. —Tum ipsum, just then, at that very time:E.id, quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,
Cic. de Or. 1, 27, 124:ratio largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum ad facultates accommodanda est,
id. Off. 2, 17, 60:et tum ipsum, cum immolare velis, extorum fieri mutatio potest,
id. Div. 1, 52, 118; cf. id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv.—With numerals, just, exactly, precisely (opp. fere):F.triginta dies erant ipsi, cum, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 21 init.:ipsas undecim esse legiones,
id. Fam. 6, 18, 2:nam cum dixisset minus 1000 (sc. milia), populus cum risu acclamavit, ipsa esse,
id. Caecin. 10, 28; cf. id. Brut. 15, 61; 43, 162:ipso vigesimo anno,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 9, § 25. —In reflexive uses,1.Ipse strengthens the subject when opposed in thought to other agents; the object, when opposed to other objects; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696; Kennedy, Gram. § 67, 3; Madv. Gram. § 487, 6. — Hence,a.With subject.(α).In gen.:(β).non egeo medicina (i. e. ut alii me consolentur), me ipse consolor,
Cic. Lael. 3, 10:Junius necem sibi ipse conscivit,
id. N. D. 2, 3, 7:neque potest exercitum is continere imperator, qui se ipse non continet,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 13, 38:Artaxerxes se ipse reprehendit,
Nep. Dat. 5:ipsa se virtus satis ostendit,
Sall. J. 85; cf.:deponendo tutelam ipse in se unum omnium vires convertit,
Liv. 24, 4, 9:deforme etiam est de se ipsum praedicare,
Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137.—With special emphasis, ipse is joined to the subject to indicate its relation to itself as both subject and object, though the antithesis would suggest another case (Cic.):b.cum iste sic erat humilis atque demissus, ut non modo populo Romano, sed etiam sibi ipse condemnatus videretur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17:si quis ipse sibi inimicus est,
id. Fin. 5, 10, 28:qui ipsi sibi bellum indixissent,
id. ib. 5, 10, 29:quoniam se ipsi omnes natura diligant,
id. ib. 3, 18, 59:nam si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8.—With object:2.neque vero ipsam amicitiam tueri (possumus), nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,
Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67:omne animal se ipsum diligit,
id. ib. 5, 9, 24:fac ut diligentissime te ipsum custodias,
id. Fam. 9, 14, 8:Pompeianus miles fratrem suum, dein se ipsum interfecit,
Tac. H. 3, 51:Lentulum, quem mihi ipsi antepono,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 5.—Ipse defines the subject of a reflexive pronoun:3.natura movet infantem, sed tantum ut se ipse diligat (where ipse shows that se refers to infantem),
Cic. Fin. 2, 10, 33: proinde consulant sibi ipsi;jubeant abire se,
Just. 16, 4, 15:neque prius vim adhibendam putaverunt, quam se ipse indicasset,
Nep. Paus. 4:in portis murisque sibimet ipsos tecta coëgerat aedificare,
Liv. 27, 3, 2 (cf. 1. a. supra).—Ipse stands for the reflexive pronoun,a.Where the person or thing referred to is to be emphatically distinguished from others (class.):b.cum omnes se expetendos putent, nec id ob aliam rem, sed propter ipsos, necesse est ejus etiam partes propter se expeti, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46:quis umquam consul senatum ipsius decretis parere prohibuit?
id. Sest. 14, 32:quos, quidquid ipsis expediat, facturos arbitrabimur,
id. Fin. 2, 35, 117:qui negant se recusare, quo minus, ipsis mortuis, terrarum deflagratio consequatur,
id. ib. 3, 19, 64:nec quid ipsius natura sit intellegit,
id. ib. 5, 9, 24.—In a subordinate clause, to point out either the subject of the principal clause, or the chief agent or speaker;c.esp. where se or sibi is already applied to the subject of the subordinate clause: ne ob eam rem aut suae magnopere virtuti tribueret aut ipsos despiceret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13, 5:legatos ad consulem mittit, qui tantum modo ipsi liberisque vitam peterent,
Sall. J. 16, 2; cf.:ipsis mortuis,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64:supra nihil, quantum in ipso est, praetermittere quo minus, etc.,
id. Leg. 1, 21, 56:ipsius,
id. ib. 2, 22, 55:nihil umquam audivi... nihil de re publica gravius, nihil de ipso modestius, i. e. de ipso dicente,
id. Balb. 1, 2: id quod ipsum adjuvat (i. e. dicentem;opp. id quod adversario prodest),
id. Inv. 1, 21, 30.—In gen., for an emphatic se or sibi (mostly post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40):4.nam ipsis certum esse, etc.,
Liv. 35, 46, 13:pravitas consulum discordiaque inter ipsos,
id. 4, 26, 6:inexperta remedia haud injuria ipsis esse suspecta,
Curt. 3, 5, 15:Graecis nuntiare jubet, ipsum quidem gratias agere, etc.,
id. 3, 8, 7:dixit, ab illo deo ipsos genus ducere,
id. 4, 2, 3:a quibus nec acceperunt injuriam nec accepisse ipsos existimant, Sen. de Ira, 2, 5, 1: intemperantiam in morbo suam experti parere ipsis vetant,
id. ib. 3, 13, 5:sciunt ipsos omnia habere communia,
id. Ep. 6, 3; 22, 10 et saep.; cf.:verum est etiam iis, qui aliquando futuri sint, esse propter ipsos consulendum,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64.—Ipse stands in free constr. with abl. absol. as with finite verb (cf. also quisque;► Ipse is very rarely strengthened by the suffix -met:only freq. in Liv. and post-Aug. writers): cum dies venit, causa ipse pro se dicta, quindecim milibus aeris damnatur,
Liv. 4, 44, 10 Weissenb. ad loc.:Romani imperatores, junctis et ipsi exercitibus... ad sedem hostium pervenere,
id. 29, 2, 2:C. Popilius, dimissis et ipse Atticis navibus... pergit,
id. 45, 10, 2; cf.:Catilina et Autronius parabant consules interficere, ipsi fascibus conreptis Pisonem cum exercitu mittere,
Sall. C. 18, 5:amisso et ipse Pacoro,
Tac. G. 37; cf. also the emphatic use of ipse (like quisque) with abl. of gerund (freq. in Liv.):adsentando indignandoque et ipse,
Liv. 40, 23, 1:cogendo ipse,
id. 39, 49, 3:agendo ipse,
id. 41, 24, 2:aestimando ipse secum,
id. 25, 23, 11 et saep.ipsemet abiit,
Plaut.Am. prol. 102:ipsimet nobis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 3:ipsemet profugiam,
Sen. Ep. 117, 21; also Front. Aq. 74 ex conj.— Sup.: Com. Ergo ipsusne es? Charm. Ipsissumus, his own very self, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 146; cf. Gr. autotatos, Aristoph. Plut. 83; so,ipsimus and ipsima, for dominus and domina (cf II. A. supra),
Petr. 75, 11; and:ipsimi nostri,
id. 63, 3 Büch. ex conj. -
16 ipsus
ipse ( ipsus, Cato, R. R. 70; 71; Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 43; id. Trin. 2, 2, 40; 3, 1, 10 et saep.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 15; id. Eun. 3, 4, 8, id. Hec. 3, 5, 5; Jusjur. Milit. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4 al.), a, um (ipsud, Gloss. Philox.); gen. ipsīus ( poet. also ipsĭus, Cat. 64, 43; Verg. A. 1, 114; 2, 772 al.; and dissyl. Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 15; id. Phorm. 4, 5, 13: ipsi, Afran. ap. Prisc. 694); dat. ipsi (ipso, App. M. 10, p. 243, 24); pron. demonstr. [is - pse for pte; cf. sua-pte and -pote in ut-pote; root in potis; Sanscr. patis, lord, master; hence, = he, the master, himself, etc.; cf. Pott. Etym. Forsch. 2, 866 sq.; Fick, Vergl. Wörterb. p. 116. Hence, in the original form, the pronoun is was declined, while the suffix was unchanged; thus eopte = eo ipso, Paul. ex Fest. p. 110:I.eapse = ea ipsa,
id. p. 77; nom. sing. eapse, Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 4; id. Cist. 1, 2, 17; id. Rud. 2, 3, 80; 2, 5, 21 al.; acc. eumpse, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:eampse,
Plaut. Aul. 5, 7; id. Cist. 1, 3, 22; id. Men. 5, 2, 22 al.; abl. eopse, Plaut. Curc, 4, 3, 6:eāpse,
id. Trin. 4, 2, 132; id. Curc. 4, 3, 2; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 197 sq.], = autos, self, in person, he (emphatic), himself, herself, itself, used both substantively and adjectively, to denote that person (thing) of which something is eminently or exclusively predicated.In gen.A.With substt. or pronn.1.Expressing eminence or distinction:2.ipse ille Gorgias... in illo ipso Platonis libro,
Cic. de Or. 3, 32, 129:ille ipse Marcellus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 2, § 4:natura ipsa,
id. Brut. 29, 112:dicet pro me ipsa virtus,
id. Fin. 2, 20, 65:ipsa res publica,
id. Fam. 3, 11, 3:neque enim ipse Caesar est alienus a nobis,
id. ib. 6, 10, 2:ipse Moeris,
Verg. E. 8, 96:rex ipse Aeneas,
id. A. 1, 575:ipse aries,
id. E. 3, 95:ductores ipsi,
id. A. 1, 189:si in ipsa arce habitarem,
Liv. 2, 7, 10;esp. freq. with names of gods, etc.: naturas quas Juppiter ipse Addidit,
Verg. G. 4, 149; id. A. 3, 222; Hor. C. 1, 16, 12:Pater ipse,
Verg. G. 1, 121; Tib. 1, 4, 23:Venus ipsa,
Hor. C. 2, 8, 13; Ov. H. 19, 159:ipse pater Pluton,
Verg. A. 7, 327 et saep.—Prov.:audentes deus ipse juvat,
Ov. M. 10, 586.—For emphasis or in contrast, very, just, precisely, self, in person:B.adest optime ipse frater,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 66:in orationibus hisce ipsis,
Cic. de Or. 1, 16, 73:ea ipsa hora,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 4:nec carmina nobis Ipsa placent: ipsae rursus concedite silvae,
Verg. E. 10, 63:tute ipse his rebus finem praescripsti,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 124:lepide ipsi hi sunt capti,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 91:ego enim ipse cum eodem isto non invitus erraverim,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:ipse ille divinationis auctor,
id. Div. 2, 28, 61:cariorem esse patriam quam nosmet ipsos,
id. Fin. 3, 19, 64:eaque ipsa causa belli fuit,
the very, the true cause, Liv. 1, 57, 1; esp. with is, in all persons and numbers:estne hic Philto? Is hercle'st ipsus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 31:cui tutor is fuerat ipse,
Liv. 5, 33, 3:jam id ipsum absurdum, maximum malum neglegi,
even, Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93 (Madv.); id. de Or. 2, 30, 132:tempus ad id ipsum congruere,
Liv. 1, 5, 5:duum vir ad id ipsum creatus,
id. 2, 42, 5:Tullius et eos ipsos et per eos multitudinem aliam deduxit,
id. 2, 38, 1:eorum ipsorum facta (opp. loca in quibus, etc.),
Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2:nec vero clarorum virorum post mortem honores permanerent, si nihil eorum ipsorum animi efficerent,
id. de Sen. 22, 80:ad eum ipsum honorem deferre,
Liv. 3, 51, 3; so sometimes with an inf. or subst.-clause:ipsum dicere ineptum,
Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 112:quid juvat quod ante initum tribunatum veni, si ipsum, quod veni, nihil juvat?
the mere fact, the fact alone, id. Att. 11, 9, 1:ipsum, quod habuisti,
Sen. Cons. ad Marc. 12, 2:et ipsum, quod sum victus, ama,
Luc. 8, 78.— Esp. in legal phrase: ipso jure, by the letter of the law, in legal strictness or precision, Gai Inst. 2, 198; 3, 181; 4, 106 sqq. et saep.—Alone, emphatically taking the place of an omitted person. or demonstr. pron.: Ar. Ubi is nunc est? He. Ubi ego minume atque ipsus se volt maxume, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 1, 10: Su. Is ipsusne's? Ch. Aio: Su. Ipsus es? id. Trin. 4, 2, 146:C.atque ipsis, ad quorum commodum pertinebat, durior inventus est Coelius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 20, 4:quaeram ex ipsā,
Cic. Cael. 14:tempus, quo ipse eos sustulisset, ad id ipsum congruere,
Liv. 1, 5, 5:agrum dare immunem ipsi, qui accepisset, liberisque,
id. 21, 45, 5; 9, 34, 18; 10, [p. 999] 6, 10:laeta et ipsis qui rem gessere expugnatio fuit,
id. 28, 4, 1:a nobis exposita, ut ab ipsis, qui eam disciplinam probant,
Cic. Fin. 1, 5, 13.—So freq. in Cic. before a rel.:ut de ipso, qui judicarit, judicium fieri videretur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 44, 82:ipsi omnia, quorum negotium est, ad nos deferunt,
id. de Or. 1, 58, 250; 2, 14, 60; id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 13; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:nullis definitionibus utuntur, ipsique dicunt ea se modo probare, quibus natura tacita assentiatur,
Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40 Madv. —To make prominent one of two or more subjects of any predicate, he ( she, il), for his part, he too, also, as well.1.Ipse alone:2.litterae Metello Capuam adlatae sunt a Clodia, quae ipsa transiit,
i. e. also, in person, Cic. Att. 9, 6, 3:Italiam ornare quam domum suam maluit: quamquam Italia ornata domus ipsa mihi videtur ornatior,
id. Off. 2, 22, 76:tris ipse excitavit recitatores,
he too, id. Clu. 51, 141:neque tanti timoris sum ut ipse deficiam,
Caes. B. C. 2, 31, 8:Jugurtha, tametsi regem ficta locutum intellegebat, et ipse longe aliter animo agitabat,
Sall. J. 11, 1:hoc Rhipeus, hoc ipse Dymas omnisque juventus Laeta facit,
Verg. A. 2, 394.—With conjunctions.(α).With etiam (class.):(β).ipse etiam Fufidius in numero fuit,
Cic. Brut. 29, 112: scribebat orationes quas alii dicerent: quamquam is etiam ipse scripsit eas, quibus pro se est usus, sed non sine Aelio;his enim scriptis etiam ipse interfui,
id. ib. 56, 206 sq. —With quoque:(γ).quippe quia plebs senatus consultum solvit, ipsi quoque solutum vultis,
Liv. 3, 21, 4:consul, quia collegae decretum triumphum audivit, ipse quoque triumphi flagitator Romam rediit,
id. 8, 12, 9:cum subito Sulpicius et Albinovanus objecissent catervas, ipse quoque (Sulla) jaculatus, etc.,
Flor. 3, 21, 7.—With et (et ipse = kai autos, ipse etiam; rare in Cic.; cf.(δ).Zumpt, Gram. § 698): tamen et ipsi tuae familiae genere et nomine continebuntur,
Cic. Caecin. 20, 58:deseret eos quos una scis esse, cum habeat praesertim et ipse cohortis triginta?
id. Att. 8, 7, 1; id. de Or. 1, 46, 202:Cornelius dictatorem Aemilium dixit, et ipse ab eo magister equitum est dictus,
Liv. 4, 31, 5:credo ego vos, socii, et ipsos cernere,
id. 21, 21, 3:Cornelio minus copiarum datum, quia L. Manlius praetor et ipse cum praesidio in Galliam mittebatur,
id. 21, 17, 7:qui et ipse crus fregerat,
Suet. Aug. 43:Antoninus Commodus nihil paternum habuit, nisi quod contra Germanos feliciter et ipse pugnavit,
Eutr. 8, 7:virtutes et ipsae taedium pariunt,
Quint. 9, 4, 43. —With nec ( = ne ipse quidem):II.primis repulsis Maharbal cum majore robore virorum missus nec ipse eruptionem cohortium sustinuit,
Liv. 23, 18, 4:nihil moveri viderunt, nec ipsi quicquam mutarunt,
id. 37, 20, 8:neque ipsi,
id. 30, 42, 7: crimina non quidem nec ipsa mediocria;sed quid ista sunt prae iis, etc.,
id. 34, 32, 9.Esp.A.By way of eminence, ipse is used to indicate the chief person, host, master, teacher, etc.:B.ipsa, the mistress, etc.: ipsus tristis,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 23:ipsum praesto video,
id. ib. 2, 5, 3:ego eo quo me ipsa misit,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 2, 10:suam norat ipsam tam bene, quam puella matrem,
Cat. 3, 7 (Müll., ipsa); cf.:Pythagorei respondere solebant, ipse dixit,
i. e. Pythagoras, Cic. N. D. 1, 5, 10; cf.:nec hoc oratori contingere inter adversarios quod Pythagorae inter discipulos potest ipse dixit,
Quint. 11, 1, 27:cum veniat lectica Mathonis plena ipso,
the great man, Juv. 1, 33:anseris ante ipsum jecur,
before the host, id. 5, 114.—Of or by one ' s self, of one ' s own accord = suā sponte, ultro:C.videar non ipse promisisse (opp. to fortuito),
Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 111:de manibus delapsa arma ipsa ceciderunt,
id. Off. 1, 22, 77:valvae clausae se ipsae aperuerunt,
id. Div. 1, 37, 74:ipsae lacte domum referent distenta capellae Ubera,
Verg. E. 4, 21:ipsi potum venient juvenci,
id. ib. 7, 11; cf.:aliae ipsae Sponte sua veniunt,
id. G. 2, 10:fruges sponte sua (tellus) primum ipsa creavit,
Lucr. 2, 11, 58; and autai for automatoi, Theocr. Idyll. 11, 12.—Himself exclusively.1.By or in one ' s self, alone:2. 3.haec ipse suo tristi cum corde volutat,
Verg. A. 6, 185:his actis, aliud genitor secum ipse volutat,
id. ib. 12, 843: tempus secum ipsa Exigit, id. ib. 4, 475:quam facile exercitu soclos conservaturus sit, qui ipso nomine ac rumore defenderit,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 45:multa secum ipse volvens,
Sall. C. 32, 1:aestimando ipse secum,
Liv. 25, 23, 11.—Of one ' s self, of one ' s own nature, etc.:D.erat ipse immani acerbāque naturā Oppianicus,
Cic. Clu. 15, 44:duo imperatores, ipsi pares, ceterum opibus disparibus,
Sall. J. 52, 1:natura serpentium, ipsa perniciosa, siti accenditur,
id. ib. 89, 5.—With advv. of time.1.Nunc ipsum, just now, at this very time:2.nunc ipsum exurit,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 16:nunc ipsum non dubitabo rem tantam adicere,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 2; 8, 9, 2:nunc tamen ipsum sine te esse non possum,
id. ib. 12, 16. —Tum ipsum, just then, at that very time:E.id, quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,
Cic. de Or. 1, 27, 124:ratio largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum ad facultates accommodanda est,
id. Off. 2, 17, 60:et tum ipsum, cum immolare velis, extorum fieri mutatio potest,
id. Div. 1, 52, 118; cf. id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv.—With numerals, just, exactly, precisely (opp. fere):F.triginta dies erant ipsi, cum, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 21 init.:ipsas undecim esse legiones,
id. Fam. 6, 18, 2:nam cum dixisset minus 1000 (sc. milia), populus cum risu acclamavit, ipsa esse,
id. Caecin. 10, 28; cf. id. Brut. 15, 61; 43, 162:ipso vigesimo anno,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 9, § 25. —In reflexive uses,1.Ipse strengthens the subject when opposed in thought to other agents; the object, when opposed to other objects; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696; Kennedy, Gram. § 67, 3; Madv. Gram. § 487, 6. — Hence,a.With subject.(α).In gen.:(β).non egeo medicina (i. e. ut alii me consolentur), me ipse consolor,
Cic. Lael. 3, 10:Junius necem sibi ipse conscivit,
id. N. D. 2, 3, 7:neque potest exercitum is continere imperator, qui se ipse non continet,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 13, 38:Artaxerxes se ipse reprehendit,
Nep. Dat. 5:ipsa se virtus satis ostendit,
Sall. J. 85; cf.:deponendo tutelam ipse in se unum omnium vires convertit,
Liv. 24, 4, 9:deforme etiam est de se ipsum praedicare,
Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137.—With special emphasis, ipse is joined to the subject to indicate its relation to itself as both subject and object, though the antithesis would suggest another case (Cic.):b.cum iste sic erat humilis atque demissus, ut non modo populo Romano, sed etiam sibi ipse condemnatus videretur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17:si quis ipse sibi inimicus est,
id. Fin. 5, 10, 28:qui ipsi sibi bellum indixissent,
id. ib. 5, 10, 29:quoniam se ipsi omnes natura diligant,
id. ib. 3, 18, 59:nam si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8.—With object:2.neque vero ipsam amicitiam tueri (possumus), nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,
Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67:omne animal se ipsum diligit,
id. ib. 5, 9, 24:fac ut diligentissime te ipsum custodias,
id. Fam. 9, 14, 8:Pompeianus miles fratrem suum, dein se ipsum interfecit,
Tac. H. 3, 51:Lentulum, quem mihi ipsi antepono,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 5.—Ipse defines the subject of a reflexive pronoun:3.natura movet infantem, sed tantum ut se ipse diligat (where ipse shows that se refers to infantem),
Cic. Fin. 2, 10, 33: proinde consulant sibi ipsi;jubeant abire se,
Just. 16, 4, 15:neque prius vim adhibendam putaverunt, quam se ipse indicasset,
Nep. Paus. 4:in portis murisque sibimet ipsos tecta coëgerat aedificare,
Liv. 27, 3, 2 (cf. 1. a. supra).—Ipse stands for the reflexive pronoun,a.Where the person or thing referred to is to be emphatically distinguished from others (class.):b.cum omnes se expetendos putent, nec id ob aliam rem, sed propter ipsos, necesse est ejus etiam partes propter se expeti, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46:quis umquam consul senatum ipsius decretis parere prohibuit?
id. Sest. 14, 32:quos, quidquid ipsis expediat, facturos arbitrabimur,
id. Fin. 2, 35, 117:qui negant se recusare, quo minus, ipsis mortuis, terrarum deflagratio consequatur,
id. ib. 3, 19, 64:nec quid ipsius natura sit intellegit,
id. ib. 5, 9, 24.—In a subordinate clause, to point out either the subject of the principal clause, or the chief agent or speaker;c.esp. where se or sibi is already applied to the subject of the subordinate clause: ne ob eam rem aut suae magnopere virtuti tribueret aut ipsos despiceret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13, 5:legatos ad consulem mittit, qui tantum modo ipsi liberisque vitam peterent,
Sall. J. 16, 2; cf.:ipsis mortuis,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64:supra nihil, quantum in ipso est, praetermittere quo minus, etc.,
id. Leg. 1, 21, 56:ipsius,
id. ib. 2, 22, 55:nihil umquam audivi... nihil de re publica gravius, nihil de ipso modestius, i. e. de ipso dicente,
id. Balb. 1, 2: id quod ipsum adjuvat (i. e. dicentem;opp. id quod adversario prodest),
id. Inv. 1, 21, 30.—In gen., for an emphatic se or sibi (mostly post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40):4.nam ipsis certum esse, etc.,
Liv. 35, 46, 13:pravitas consulum discordiaque inter ipsos,
id. 4, 26, 6:inexperta remedia haud injuria ipsis esse suspecta,
Curt. 3, 5, 15:Graecis nuntiare jubet, ipsum quidem gratias agere, etc.,
id. 3, 8, 7:dixit, ab illo deo ipsos genus ducere,
id. 4, 2, 3:a quibus nec acceperunt injuriam nec accepisse ipsos existimant, Sen. de Ira, 2, 5, 1: intemperantiam in morbo suam experti parere ipsis vetant,
id. ib. 3, 13, 5:sciunt ipsos omnia habere communia,
id. Ep. 6, 3; 22, 10 et saep.; cf.:verum est etiam iis, qui aliquando futuri sint, esse propter ipsos consulendum,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64.—Ipse stands in free constr. with abl. absol. as with finite verb (cf. also quisque;► Ipse is very rarely strengthened by the suffix -met:only freq. in Liv. and post-Aug. writers): cum dies venit, causa ipse pro se dicta, quindecim milibus aeris damnatur,
Liv. 4, 44, 10 Weissenb. ad loc.:Romani imperatores, junctis et ipsi exercitibus... ad sedem hostium pervenere,
id. 29, 2, 2:C. Popilius, dimissis et ipse Atticis navibus... pergit,
id. 45, 10, 2; cf.:Catilina et Autronius parabant consules interficere, ipsi fascibus conreptis Pisonem cum exercitu mittere,
Sall. C. 18, 5:amisso et ipse Pacoro,
Tac. G. 37; cf. also the emphatic use of ipse (like quisque) with abl. of gerund (freq. in Liv.):adsentando indignandoque et ipse,
Liv. 40, 23, 1:cogendo ipse,
id. 39, 49, 3:agendo ipse,
id. 41, 24, 2:aestimando ipse secum,
id. 25, 23, 11 et saep.ipsemet abiit,
Plaut.Am. prol. 102:ipsimet nobis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 3:ipsemet profugiam,
Sen. Ep. 117, 21; also Front. Aq. 74 ex conj.— Sup.: Com. Ergo ipsusne es? Charm. Ipsissumus, his own very self, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 146; cf. Gr. autotatos, Aristoph. Plut. 83; so,ipsimus and ipsima, for dominus and domina (cf II. A. supra),
Petr. 75, 11; and:ipsimi nostri,
id. 63, 3 Büch. ex conj. -
17 HIM
[ forma debole ɪm] [ forma forte hɪm]1) (direct object) lo, lui2) (indirect object) gli, a lui3) (after preposition) lui4) colloq.••Note:Him can be translated in Italian by lo, gli and lui. - When used as a direct object pronoun, him is translated by lo (l' before h or a vowel). Note that the object pronoun normally comes before the verb in Italian: I know him = lo conosco; I've already seen him = l'ho già visto. In imperatives (and other non-finite forms), however, lo comes after the verb and is joined to it to form a single word: catch him! = prendilo! When the direct object pronoun is used in emphasis, him is translated by lui which comes after the verb: she loves him, not you = lei ama lui, non te. - When used as an indirect object pronoun, him is translated by gli, which comes before the verb: I've given him the book = gli ho dato il libro. In imperatives (and other non-finite forms), however, gli comes after the verb and is joined to it to form a single word: phone him! = telefonagli! Note that gli becomes glie when another pronoun is used as well: send it to him at once! = mandaglielo subito! we've given it to him = glielo abbiamo dato. - After prepositions, the translation is lui: I did it for him = l'ho fatto per lui; I told him, not her = l'ho detto a lui, non a lei. - Remember that a verb followed by a particle or a preposition in English may correspond to a verb followed by a direct object in Italian, and vice versa, e.g. to look at somebody vs guardare qualcuno and to distrust somebody vs dubitare di qualcuno: look at him! = guardalo! they distrust him = dubitano di lui. - When him is used after as or than in comparative clauses, it is translated by lui: you're as strong as him = tu sei forte come lui; she's younger than him = lei è più giovane di lui. - For particular expressions see below* * *HIMsigla* * *[ forma debole ɪm] [ forma forte hɪm]1) (direct object) lo, lui2) (indirect object) gli, a lui3) (after preposition) lui4) colloq.••Note:Him can be translated in Italian by lo, gli and lui. - When used as a direct object pronoun, him is translated by lo (l' before h or a vowel). Note that the object pronoun normally comes before the verb in Italian: I know him = lo conosco; I've already seen him = l'ho già visto. In imperatives (and other non-finite forms), however, lo comes after the verb and is joined to it to form a single word: catch him! = prendilo! When the direct object pronoun is used in emphasis, him is translated by lui which comes after the verb: she loves him, not you = lei ama lui, non te. - When used as an indirect object pronoun, him is translated by gli, which comes before the verb: I've given him the book = gli ho dato il libro. In imperatives (and other non-finite forms), however, gli comes after the verb and is joined to it to form a single word: phone him! = telefonagli! Note that gli becomes glie when another pronoun is used as well: send it to him at once! = mandaglielo subito! we've given it to him = glielo abbiamo dato. - After prepositions, the translation is lui: I did it for him = l'ho fatto per lui; I told him, not her = l'ho detto a lui, non a lei. - Remember that a verb followed by a particle or a preposition in English may correspond to a verb followed by a direct object in Italian, and vice versa, e.g. to look at somebody vs guardare qualcuno and to distrust somebody vs dubitare di qualcuno: look at him! = guardalo! they distrust him = dubitano di lui. - When him is used after as or than in comparative clauses, it is translated by lui: you're as strong as him = tu sei forte come lui; she's younger than him = lei è più giovane di lui. - For particular expressions see below -
18 have / have got
↑ VerbОба глагола имеют значение "иметь", "обладать". Хотя have got происходит из формы настоящего совершенного от глагола get, но в современном языке имеет то же значение, что и простые формы have. Существуют, однако, некоторые различия в их употреблении.а) В настоящем времени чаще употребляется have got. При образовании вопроса (см. Question) и отрицания (см. Verb: negative form) have в выражении have got ведет себя как вспомогательный глагол.I 've got two brothers. — У меня два брата.
б) В прошедшем времени выражение have got употребляется редко.you have good teachers when you were at school? (* Had you got good teachers...) — У тебя в школе были хорошие учителя?в) Got не употребляется с нефинитными формами have (Finite and non-finite verbs).I would like to have (*have got) a new car. — Я бы хотел иметь новую машину.
а) В британском варианте английского языка have употребляется в основном для описания повторяющихся действий; в американском варианте такого ограничения нет.б) В британском английском (в формальном стиле) have иногда может образовывать вопросы и отрицания как вспомогательный глагол (см. Yes-No question 1, Verb: negative form). В американском английском вопросы и отрицания с have образуются по общей модели.He does not deny that astrology may contain the truth, but he realises that men have not knowledge enough to find it. — Он не отрицает, что в астрологии может содержаться истина, но сознает, что у человечества недостаточно знаний, чтобы ее обнаружить.
г) В разговорном американском английском возможно опущение 've (но не 's) перед got.I got something to tell you. (амер.) — Я хочу тебе что-то сказать.
*
She got something to tell you — Она хочет тебе что-то сказать.д) В американском английском, особенно при кратком ответе (Short answers) и в расчлененном вопросе (Tag question), возможно смешение форм have и have got. Так, в приведенном ниже примере в первой части вопроса употреблен глагол have got, а во второй части - вспомогательный глагол do, соответствующий глаголу have.I don't think we 've got any choice, do we? (амер.). — По-моему, у нас нет выбора.
-
19 ὡς
ὡς:—Summary:A as ADVERB of Manner.Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.Ad ὡς temporal, when.Ae ὡς Local, where,B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.C, D various usages.A ADVERB of Manner:Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20
a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888
, al.2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386
: the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11
(iv A. D.); (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1
(iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151
-5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (φὴ Zenod.
): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced byὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462
:ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389
, cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2
: ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78
;οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299
: where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151
, cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.2 like as, just as,ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326
, v. supr. Aa. 3.3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344
; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105
;τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130
; so in Trag., ; ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72
; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c
; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.II with Adverbial clauses:1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5
, cf. 1.65;ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76
; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3) (lyr.); soὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41
andὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
;ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2
; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases asοὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8
; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31; ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20
, cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31
; also withἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135
codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88
;ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25
;ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d
.— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.III with Adverbs:a with the Posit., truly,Pl.
Phdr. 234e (cf.ἀληθής 111.1b
: as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452; (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9
, 340.2;ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26
;ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27
, D.6.32;ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53
(iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as ;ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c
, cf. Phd. 99d.c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141
, etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189
; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153
;ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50
;μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6
;ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d
; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a
;βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17
(ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34
; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50
, etc.;ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17
.2 with Adjs.,a Posit.,ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d
.b with [comp] Sup.,ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις Id.Ti. 18d
;ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται Id.Grg. 503a
;ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστον Id.Smp. 218d
.c separated from the Adj. by a Prep.,ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον Th.1.63
, cf. D.18.246;ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις Antipho 1.18
;ὡς ἐν ἐχυρωτάτῳ ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr. 1.6.26
, etc.Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3
, cf. Pl.R. 365a;ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84
, etc.;οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1
; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75
.2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350
.Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600
: with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17
: rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172
, cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170
([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2
: less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424
;ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294
; alsoὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396
;Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74
; the second ὣς is repeated,ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41
(ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως inὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330
,ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117
; cf.ὥσπερ 111.1
: but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35
, 36;ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10
, cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89
B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.IV Causal, since, because.I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402
, cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22
: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427
, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions inὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168
): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69
, cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.2 with Verbs of feeling,χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648
;ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600
.II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37
;τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83
;ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464
;[νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
. b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.
2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23
; cf.ἵνα B. 1.3
,ὅπως B. 1.3
.3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95
, cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.ἔπος 11.4
; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36
(so withoutὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61
), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184
; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75
;οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d
;ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13
; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135
, cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113
;μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d
; cf.ὥστε B. 1.2
: with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31
.IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914
, cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46
.C [full] ὡς beforeI Participles;II Prepositions; andIII ὡς itself as a Preposition.I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430
(v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28
, cf. 91; , etc.;δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242
;ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325
(troch.): in questions,παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b
;ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557
; with vbs. of knowing,ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91
; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672; ; ; , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32
; (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e
, cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144
; ἐρώταὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9
; , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e
, cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25
, cf. Pl.R. 604b.II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11
; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61
;πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58
;τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44
: in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28
; alsoὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c
;ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101
.b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8
, cf. 13.1.22;ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1
, cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)ἰόντων Id.8.3.32
.III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom., (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10
; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121
.έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5
, etc.; ;ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31
; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121
; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36
(ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242
: in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316
; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6
, 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279
; (troch.).II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107
;ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47
, cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt., ;ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281
.2 joined with other words of wishing,ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ' ὀλέσθαι 3.428
;ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν Od.11.548
.E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5
; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.μάλα 111.5
), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7
; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30
, cf. An.5.4.12; cf. .F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.ἵνα B.11.3c
.2 know that (sc. ἴσθι), ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39
; ; , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32
, cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also .3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57
, cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114
; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους) , cf. 79;ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9
, al.; rarely with a Verb,ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29
, cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς followsἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3
:—for the etymology v. infr. H; alsoὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74
(v. infr. H).G [full] ὡς pleonast. inὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14
, 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18
. -
20 Alius
1.Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):2.postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:I.alis rare,
Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:alid more freq.,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:aliae,
Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:ali,
Lucr. 6, 1226:alio,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:aliae,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.A.. In gen.:► Instances of the rare gen.eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,
Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:alios multos,
Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:plures alios,
ib. ib. 12, 5:cum aliis pluribus,
ib. Act. 15, 35:an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?
Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:nec quisquam alius affuit,
id. ib. 1, 1, 269:panem vel aliud quidquam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:quidquid aliud dare,
Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:ALIS NE POTESTO,
Inscr. Orell. 2488:datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 12:adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,
Lucr. 3, 918:ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:nisi quid pater ait aliud,
id. And. 5, 4, 47:si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:quodcumque alid auget,
Lucr. 5, 257:Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,
Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:L. Aemilius alius vir erat,
Liv. 44, 18:Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,
Juv. 12, 24:alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,
Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:nemo alius,
Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:alius nemo,
Cic. Quinct. 76:plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,
Cels. 2, 18:aliud esse causae suspicamur,
Cic. Fl. 39:Anne aliud tunc praefecti?
Juv. 4, 78:estne viris reliqui aliud,
Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:aliud auxilii,
Tac. A. 5, 8:aliud subsidii,
id. ib. 12, 46:alia honorum,
id. ib. 1, 9:alia sumptuum,
id. ib. 15, 15:sunt alia quae magis timeam,
Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:haec aliaque,
Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?
Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 6:utar post alio, si invenero melius,
something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,si in aliud tempus differetur,
Caes. B C. 1, 86:an alium exspectamus?
Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:siti magis quam alia re accenditur,
Sall. J. 89, 5:neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,
Caes. B. C. 1, 85:neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,
Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.alius:B.alius generis bestiae,
Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:alius ingenii,
Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:alius ordinis,
Amm. 30, 5, 10:artificis aliusve,
Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:alius coloris,
Non. p. 450:nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,
Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.(α).With atque, ac, or et:(β).illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,
id. Att. 11, 10:res alio modo est ac putatur,
id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:non alius essem atque nunc sum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9:longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:alia atque antea sentiret,
id. Hann. 2, 2:lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,
is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):(γ).amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,
nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 13:erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,
id. de Or. 2, 12:Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?
id. Phil. 8, 3:nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,
id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?
id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,
Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,
id. Lys. 1, 4:neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,
id. Eum. 1, 2:Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,
Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,
Cic. Sest. 6, 13:ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,
id. 2, 63; 31, 24:sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,
id. 2, 29:ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,
Suet. Caes. 20:mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,
id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?
Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?
Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:quod alium quam se cooptassent,
Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:Quid te aliud sollicitat?
id. ib. 1, 2, 82:Quid aliud tibi vis?
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:Numquid vis aliud?
id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,
Juv. 12, 48:Quid enim est aliud Antonius?
Cic. Phil. 2, 70:Quid est aliud furere?
id. Pis. 47:Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?
Cat. 29, 15 al. —With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):(δ).qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,
other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:quod est aliud melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:alius Lysippo,
id. ib. 2, 1, 240:accusator alius Sejano,
Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—With praeter:(ε).nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,
Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:non est alius praeter eum,
Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?
Cic. de Or. 2, 69:Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?
id. Clu. 62:nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,
Liv. 38, 21, 5.—With extra (eccl. Lat.):(ζ).neque est alius extra te,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—With absque (eccl. Lat.):(η).non est alius Deus absque te,
Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—With praeterquam:II.cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,
Liv. 3, 40.Esp.A.In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:B.quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?
Cic. Phil. 2, 111:latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,
id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,
Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,
id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,
Verg. E. 1, 65:alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,
Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,
Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,
Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;alius autem pecuniam],
id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,
Juv. 14, 321:Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,
Plin. Pan. 72:aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,
Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,
id. 5, 10, 60 al.:jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,
Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.C.Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?
one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:fallacia alia aliam trudit,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,
Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,
some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:alius in alia est re magis utilis,
id. Sex. Rosc. 111:alius ex alia parte,
id. Verr. 1, 66:dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,
Verg. G. 1, 276:ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,
one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un al'autre,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,
id. ib. 2, 22:alius alia causa illata,
id. ib. 1, 39:cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,
Suet. Vesp. 6:alius alii subsidium ferunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:alius alio more viventes,
each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,
id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:alii autem aliud clamabant,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32:illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,
now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,
some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:cum alii alio mitterentur,
id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:jussit alios alibi fodere,
Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:D.ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,
Cic. Fragm. C. 12:alid ex alio reficit natura,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:alias ex aliis nectendo moras,
Liv. 7, 39:aliam ex alia prolem,
Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,
id. A. 3, 494:quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,
Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:aliud super aliud scelus,
id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,
Sall. J. 63, 5.—Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:E.eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,
Cic. Or. 22, 72:alio atque alio loco requiescere,
in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,
Liv. 8, 23:aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2:cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,
Liv. 1, 8:milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,
id. 2, 2:luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,
Plin. 2, 10:febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,
Cels. 3, 3:cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,
id. 5, 26:aliis atque aliis causis,
Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,
id. ib. 36, 2:aliis post aliis minitari,
id. ib. 55, 8.—Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:F.nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,
id. ib. 3, 3, 13:Huic aliud mercedis erit,
Verg. E. 6, 26:longe alia mihi mens est,
Sall. C. 52, 2:Vos aliam potatis aquam,
Juv. 5, 52:lectus non alius cuiquam,
id. 8, 178:ensesque recondit mors alia,
Stat. Th. 7, 806:ostensus est in alia effigie,
Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:homines alii facti sunt,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12:mutaberis in virum alium,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,
Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,
Cic. Fam. 10, 12:de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,
id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:G.Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 41:inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,
Liv. 7, 26:vulgus aliud trucidatum,
id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,
Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,
id. ib. 6, 33 al.—Like alter, one of two, the other of two:H.huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,
Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,
one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,
each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,
Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,alias partes fovere,
the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,
Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,
a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:alius Nero,
Suet. Tit. 7.—A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:A.mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,
than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,
Cat. 66, 28:Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,
Verg. A. 4, 174:quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,
Sall. J. 2, 4:quo non aliud atrocius visum,
Tac. A. 6, 24:(Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,
Sall. J. 96, 3:neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,
id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,
id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).1.In gen.a.Of place:b.fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,
Liv. 32, 2:translatos alio maerebis amores,
Hor. Epod. 15, 23:decurrens alio,
id. S. 2, 1, 32:nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,
id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,
to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,
Liv. 38, 30. —Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):c.illi suum animum alio conferunt,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:hi narrata ferunt alio,
Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,
id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:quoniam alio properare tempus monet,
Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—Of purpose or design:2.appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,
for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:hoc longe alio spectabat,
looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:b.hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:nihil alio atque alio spargitur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:c.et ceteri quidem alius alio,
Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:aliud alio dissipavit,
id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;B.in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,
for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?
Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—C.ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).1.Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.a.At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.b.Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):sed alias jocabimur,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:sed plura scribemus alias,
id. ib. 7, 6:et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,
id. Planc. 18:nil oriturum alias,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:recte secusne, alias viderimus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;nunc, etc.,
Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,
Curt. 4, 3, 18:alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,
id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:consilio numquam alias dato,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:numquam ante alias,
Liv. 2, 22, 7:non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,
id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:si quando umquam ante alias,
id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,
Suet. Aug. 75.—Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:c.Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,
id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:contentius alias, alias summissius,
id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,
id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,
Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:d.et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,
Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,
id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:(deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,
id. Red. in Sen. 30:ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,
id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;e.also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,
id. ib. 5, 4, 11:quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,
id. Brut. 39, 144:cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,
id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,
Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,
Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—f.Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:g.ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,
Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):2.non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,
never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,
Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:non alias majore mole concursum,
Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,
id. Agr. 5:haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,
id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):3.Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,
Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,
Macr. S. 5, 19.—Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:4.in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):5.non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 73:debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,
by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —D. 1.With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.a.With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:b.sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:aliter ac nos vellemus,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,
id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,
Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:* c.Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,
Verg. A. 4, 669:dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,
Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,
Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,
id. 3, 51, 12:nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,
Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,
Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:non aliter quam cum, etc.,
Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,
Verg. G. 1, 201:non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,
Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,
id. 5, 8, 1:patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,
Juv. 7, 220:successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,
Tac. A. 6, 30.—Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:d.cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,
Mel. 1, 9, 6.—Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:e.qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,
Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:2.neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,
Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—Without a comparative clause expressed.a.In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:b.vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,
though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,
in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:Si quis aliter docet,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:quae aliter se habent,
ib. ib. 5, 25:Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,
Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:non fuit faciendum aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?
Juv. 3, 281:aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,
Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),
Verg. A. 9, 65:haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,
id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Hor. Epod. 14, 10:neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,
id. C. 1, 18, 4:neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,
Tac. H. 5, 19:nec aliter expiari potest,
Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;Fieri aliter non potest,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;fieri non potuit aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 6.—Esp.(α).Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:(β).verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,
Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,
Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:dis aliter visum,
Verg. A. 2, 428:sin aliter tibi videtur,
Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:(γ).sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:(δ).jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,
Nep. Them. 7 fin.:aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,
Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,
Verg. A. 6, 147:veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,
Tac. H. 4, 59:quoniam aliter non possem,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:(ε).aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,
Tac. Or. 32:Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,
id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,
Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):(ζ).quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,
Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,
Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,
id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276.
См. также в других словарях:
Finite verb — A finite verb is a verb that is inflected for person and for tense according to the rules and categories of the languages in which it occurs. Finite verbs can form independent clauses, which can stand by their own as complete sentences.The finite … Wikipedia
Finite element method — The finite element method (FEM) (sometimes referred to as finite element analysis) is a numerical technique for finding approximate solutions of partial differential equations (PDE) as well as of integral equations. The solution approach is based … Wikipedia
Verb — This article is about the part of speech. For the physical activity program, see VERB (program). For English usage of verbs, see English verbs. Verbs redirects here. For the Christian gospel rapper, see Verbs (rapper). Examples I washed the car… … Wikipedia
Serial verb construction — The serial verb construction is a syntactic phenomenon common to many African and Asian languages. In this construction, two or more verbs can be juxtaposed in one clause, sharing the same subject (or subject and object) and tense aspect modality … Wikipedia
Verb phrase — In linguistics, a verb phrase or VP is a syntactic structure composed of the predicative elements of a sentence and functions in providing information about the subject of the sentence.VPs in the generative grammar frameworkIn the generative… … Wikipedia
finite — adjective Etymology: Middle English finit, from Latin finitus, past participle of finire Date: 15th century 1. a. having definite or definable limits < a finite number of possibilities > b. having a limited nature or existence < finite beings > 2 … New Collegiate Dictionary
finite — fi|nite [ faı,naıt ] adjective 1. ) FORMAL existing only in limited numbers or amounts or continuing only for a limited time or distance: The world s finite resources must be used wisely. 2. ) LINGUISTICS a finite verb is a form of a verb that… … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English
finite — UK [ˈfaɪnaɪt] / US [ˈfaɪˌnaɪt] adjective 1) formal existing only in limited numbers or amounts, or continuing only for a limited time or distance The world s finite resources must be used wisely. 2) linguistics a finite verb is a form of a verb… … English dictionary
verb — noun ADJECTIVE ▪ plural, singular ▪ intransitive, transitive ▪ active, passive ▪ irregular, regular … Collocations dictionary
Compound verb — In linguistics, a compound verb or complex predicate is a multi word compound that acts as a single verb. One component of the compound is a light verb or vector, which carries any inflections, indicating tense, mood, or aspect, but provides only … Wikipedia
finite verb — a verb form that distinguishes person, number, and tense, and also mood or aspect, as opens in She opens the door. [1785 95] * * * finite verb noun A verb limited by person, number, tense or mood, as opposed to an infinitive, gerund or participle … Useful english dictionary
